FINAL EIA REPORT

EXPANSION OF SUGARCANE CRUSHING CAPACITY FROM 12000 TCD TO 18000 TCD AND MOLASSES BASED DISTILLERY FROM 160 KLPD TO MULTIFEED (B-HEAVY, CANE JUICE, GRAINS) BASED 300 KLPD DISTILLERY UNIT AT SHETPHALGADE, TEHSIL- INDAPUR, DISTRICT PUNE, MAHARASHTRA, BY BARAMATI AGRO LIMITED (UNIT-1) PROPOSAL FOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE (Industry falls under 5(g) and 5(j) ‘A’ Category as per the EIA Notification, 2006 and amendments thereof Area: 47.76 Ha Cost of the Expansion: Rs125 Cr. Standard Tors Granted: F. No. J-11011/106/2016-IA II(I) dated 30.09.2020 February -2021 Report Prepared By: M/s SD Engineering Services Pvt. Ltd.

Accreditation no: NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0136 Accredited By: NABET- Quality Council of India

PREFACE

This EIA report is prepared as per ToR granted to us vide F. No. J-11011/106/2016-IA II (I), Dated 30.09.2020 & subsequent amendment in ToR for exemption in Public consultation in order to support Ethanol Blending Programme in EDS generated for proposal No.- IA/MH/IND2/179649/2020 dated 27.10.2020 and EIA manual prepared by IL&FS Ecosmart Limited, Hyderabad is followed while preparing this EIA report.

Disclaimer:

This report has been prepared with all reasonable skills, knowledge, care and diligence by M/s SD Engineering Services Pvt. Ltd the NABET accredited and national level leading Environmental Consultancy Organization within the terms of the contract with the client (Project Proponent), incorporating their General Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by Business Agreement. The report was discussed with the project proponent in details before releasing.

This EIA report has been prepared using information received from Client, collecting primary data and compilation of secondary data from available resources. We are not responsible for the origin and authenticity of the information, drawings or design details provided by the Client. Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

DECLARATION

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd ii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd iii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd iv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd v Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd vi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS DECLARATION ...... ii TABLE OF CONTENTS ...... vii LIST OF TABLES ...... xiv LIST OF FIGURES ...... xvii LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ...... xix TERMS OF REFERENCE GRANTED BY MOEF &CC ...... xxi COMPLIANCE OF THE TORS...... xxxv EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 1 1. INTRODUCTION ...... 14 Preamble ...... 14 Purpose of the report ...... 15 Identification of project & project proponent ...... 16 1.3.1. Identification of the project: ...... 16 1.3.2. Project Proponents: ...... 16 Brief description of the project ...... 17 1.4.1. Nature of Project: ...... 17 1.4.2. Size of the project ...... 17 1.4.3. Location:- ...... 17 1.4.4. Employment Generation (Direct & Indirect) due to the project ...... 18 1.4.5. Importance to the Country and Region ...... 18 Scope of the study ...... 18 1.5.1. Objectives of the study ...... 19 1.5.2. Present environment scenario ...... 19 1.5.3. Assessment of environmental impacts ...... 19 1.5.4. Socio-economic assessment ...... 19 1.5.5. Regulatory framework ...... 19 1.5.6. Legal Policy and InstitutionalFrameworks ...... 19 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 21 Type of project ...... 21 Need for the project ...... 21 2.2.1. Demand – Supply Gap ...... 22 Location ...... 22

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd vii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2.3.1. Environment setting near the project site ...... 23 Size or magnitude of operation ...... 30 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation ...... 31 Technology and process description ...... 31 2.6.1. Sugar manufacturing process ...... 31 2.6.2. Distillery manufacturing process ...... 35 Resource requirement for the project ...... 54 2.7.1. Land Details ...... 54 2.7.2. Capital Investment ...... 55 2.7.3. Man Power Requirement ...... 55 2.7.4. Raw material availability and its source ...... 55 2.7.5. Machinery and Equipment ...... 57 2.7.6. Water requirement...... 58 2.7.7. Power and steam requirement ...... 69 2.7.8. Fuel requirement ...... 70 Pollution source & control measures ...... 70 2.8.1. Wastewater generation and its treatment technology ...... 70 2.8.2. Air Environment: ...... 72 2.8.3. Noise pollution and its control ...... 72 2.8.4. Solid and hazardous waste generation: ...... 73 Conclusion ...... 73 3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ...... 74 Introduction ...... 74 3.1.1. Study area ...... 74 3.1.2. Study period ...... 74 Methodology ...... 74 Land use pattern of the study area ...... 75 3.3.1. Software and Hardware ...... 76 3.3.2. Landuse Landcover (LULC) Classes ...... 78 3.3.3. Data Input: ...... 81 Hydrology, Geology, Geohydrology and Structure ...... 84 3.4.1. Hydrology ...... 84 3.4.2. Hydrogeology ...... 85

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd viii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.4.3. Topography ...... 89 3.4.4. Geomorphology and Soil Types ...... 89 3.4.5. Geology ...... 90 Air Environment and Meteorology ...... 92 3.5.1. Meteorological characteristics of the study area ...... 92 3.5.2. Pollutant receptor locations ...... 95 3.5.3. Methodology for Ambient Air Monitoring ...... 96 3.5.4. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) ...... 97 3.5.5. Ambient Air Quality within study area ...... 97 3.5.6. Scenario after proposed expansion...... 99 3.5.7. Stack Height Calculations ...... 101 3.5.8. Results of the AERMOD software for air quality predictions for proposed expansion of the factory 102 3.5.9. PM10 – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion ...... 102 3.5.10. PM2.5 – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion ...... 103 3.5.11. SO2 – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion...... 103 3.5.12. NOx – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion ...... 103 3.5.13. Concentration contours: ...... 104 3.5.14. Conclusions ...... 108 Water Environment ...... 108 3.6.1. Reconnaissance survey ...... 108 3.6.2. Ground Water ...... 109 3.6.3. Surface water...... 113 Soil Environment ...... 117 3.7.1. Probable sources of soil pollution/ contamination in the study area ...... 117 3.7.2. Soil characteristics in the study area ...... 118 Noise environment ...... 121 3.8.1. Noise monitoring stations ...... 121 3.8.2. Summary of the results ...... 123 Ecology and Biodiversity Studies ...... 123 3.9.1. Objectives of Ecological Studies ...... 123 3.9.2. Study Area ...... 123 3.9.3. Survey Methodology ...... 124

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd ix Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.9.4. Baseline status ...... 125 Socio-economic Environment ...... 134 3.10.1. Introduction ...... 134 3.10.2. Industries ...... 134 3.10.3. Road (Communication Facilities) ...... 134 3.10.4. Population ...... 135 3.10.5. Transportation & communication ...... 136 3.10.6. Employment & Wages ...... 136 3.10.7. Community ...... 136 3.10.8. Heritage ...... 137 Conclusion ...... 137 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 138 Introduction ...... 138 Impact and Mitigation Measures ...... 138 4.2.1. Impact on Land Environment ...... 139 4.2.2. Impact on Soil ...... 140 4.2.3. Impact on Air Environment ...... 140 4.2.4. Impact on Water Environment ...... 141 4.2.5. Impact Due to Solid Waste ...... 143 4.2.6. Impact on Noise Environment ...... 144 4.2.7. Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity ...... 147 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) ...... 149 Selection of alternatives technology ...... 149 Selection of Alternatives Site ...... 151 5.2.1. No-Project ...... 152 5.2.2. Conclusion ...... 152 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ...... 153 Introduction: ...... 153 6.1.1. Environmental policy ...... 153 6.1.2. Organizational commitment ...... 153 6.1.3. Environmental impact assessment ...... 154 Objectives and targets ...... 154 Environmental management cell pattern and reporting ...... 155

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd x Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Monitoring points/locations and components ...... 156 Post project monitoring parameters and frequency ...... 156 Documentation ...... 157 Laboratory facilities ...... 157 Training ...... 157 Operational and emergency plan ...... 157 Waste minimization options ...... 157 Water recycling ...... 158 Interlocking the process with ETP performance and air emissions ...... 158 EMP Budget of industry ...... 158 References ...... 159 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 161 Social Impact Assessment Studies (SIA) ...... 161 Hazard identification ...... 161 7.2.1. Objective of the Risk and Hazard Analysis ...... 161 7.2.2. Identification of Hazards during Construction Phase for expansion activities ...... 161 7.2.3. Identification of Hazards during Operation Phase ...... 162 7.2.4. Identification of Hazards for Individual Activity / Operation ...... 165 7.2.5. Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA) ...... 171 7.2.6. On-site Emergency Plan ...... 176 Safety measures recommendation ...... 176 7.3.1. Storage and material handling area ...... 176 7.3.2. Reactor Safety ...... 176 7.3.3. DG Sets ...... 177 7.3.4. Boiler ...... 177 7.3.5. Storage and Handling of Alcohol ...... 177 7.3.6. Molasses storage ...... 177 7.3.7. Building & workspace ...... 178 7.3.8. Electric items ...... 178 7.3.9. Fire ...... 178 7.3.10. Safety Measures during regular and shut-down: ...... 179 7.3.11. Occupational Health Aspects and Medical Provision in the Industry: ...... 179 7.3.12. EHS policy ...... 181

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Disaster Management Plan (DMP) ...... 181 7.4.1. Manmade ...... 181 7.4.2. Natural ...... 181 7.4.3. Onsite Emergency Plan ...... 182 7.4.4. Offsite Emergency Plan ...... 182 7.4.5. Objectives of disaster management ...... 182 7.4.6. Onsite Emergency Preparedness Plan ...... 183 7.4.7. Offsite Emergency Plan ...... 186 7.4.8. Information to authorities ...... 186 7.4.9. General natural disaster management measures...... 186 Conclusion ...... 187 8. PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 188 9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 190 Inroduction ...... 190 Environment management plan during construction phase ...... 190 9.2.1. Air Environment ...... 190 9.2.2. Water Environment ...... 190 9.2.3. Noise Environment ...... 191 9.2.4. Solid Waste Management ...... 191 9.2.5. Land ...... 191 9.2.6. Ecology ...... 191 9.2.7. Socio – Economic Factors ...... 192 Environment management during operation phase ...... 192 9.3.1. Air Environment ...... 192 9.3.2. Water Resources ...... 193 9.3.3. Waste Water ...... 193 9.3.4. Solid Waste ...... 194 9.3.5. Noise Environment ...... 194 9.3.6. Biological Environment ...... 195 Green belt development ...... 195 Rain water harvesting...... 196 Storm water harvesting ...... 197 Corporate environment responsibility (CER) ...... 197

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environmental policy and organization structure ...... 197 9.8.1. Procedure for reporting accident/incident and attending the injured person ...... 198 9.8.2. System of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large...... 199 10. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ...... 200 Salient features of the project ...... 200 Conclusions ...... 203 11. DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT ...... 204 Brief resume and Nature of Consultancy ...... 204 Customer services are mainly categorized into: ...... 204 EIA Team ...... 204 LIST OF ANNEXURES ...... 208 ANNEXURE-I EARLIER EC LETTER ...... 209 ANNEXURE-II: CERTIFIED EC COMPLIANCE REPORT ...... 217 ANNEXURE-III: CONSENT CERTIFICATES ...... 247 ANNEXURE: 3.1 DISTILLERY CONSENT: ...... 247 ANNEXURE 3.2: SUGAR CONSENT ...... 255 ANNEXURE-IV: WATER PERMISSION LETTER ...... 263 ANNEXURE 4.1: WATER WITHDRAWAL PERMISSION AGREEMENT - KHADAKWASALA ...... 263 ANNEXURE 4.2: WATER WITHDRAWAL PERMISSION AGREEMENT - UJANI ...... 275 ANNEXURE-V: EFFLUENT TREATMENT FACILITIES ...... 287 ANNEXURE-VI: PUBLIC HEARING MINUTES AND IMPLEMENTATION PLAN ...... 295 ANNEXURE VII: LETTER OF INTEND FOR ETHANOL SUPPLY ...... 307 ANNEXURE-VIII: MOU WITH GRAIN SUPPLIERS FOR AVAILABILIY OF GRAINS ...... 321

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xiii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

LIST OF TABLES Table 1-1 Details of the project implementation from time to time ...... 14 Table 1-2 Details of the project...... 15 Table 1-3 Highlights of the project ...... 16 Table 1-4 List of Board of Directors ...... 16 Table 1-5 Size of Operation (Existing and Proposed) ...... 17 Table 1-6 Salient features of the project site ...... 17 Table 1-7 Applicability of legal policies to the project ...... 20 Table 2-1 Co-ordinates of the plant site ...... 22 Table 2-2 Location features ...... 23 Table 2-3 Size or Magnitude of project ...... 30 Table 2-4 Schedule for approval and implementation ...... 31 Table 2-5 Mass Balance of ethanol production ...... 42 Table 2-6 Grain starch percentage and alcohol yields ...... 47 Table 2-7 Composition of various grains ...... 47 Table 2-8 Enzymes and its optimum pH and temperature ...... 48 Table 2-9 Characteristics of starch in cereal grain ...... 51 Table 2-10 Pre-fermentation & Fermentation parameters ...... 52 Table 2-11 Existing and proposed Land utilization details within the project site ...... 54 Table 2-12 Raw material requirement and its source for sugar unit ...... 55 Table 2-13 Raw material requirement and its source for distillery unit...... 56 Table 2-14 List of major machinery and equipments ...... 57 Table 2-15 Water Budget -Sugar and Co-generation Power Plant ...... 59 Table 2-16 Water requirement and wastewater generation of each unit ...... 69 Table 2-17 Power requirement ...... 69 Table 2-18 Details of effluent generation, treatment scheme and disposal arrangement for sugar unit and co-generation power plant ...... 71 Table 2-19 Details of effluent generation, treatment scheme and disposal arrangement for distillery ...... 71 Table 2-20 Details of boilers and its APC equipment for existing as well as proposed ...... 72 Table 2-21 Details of non-hazardous waste generated and its disposal ...... 73 Table 2-22 Details of hazardous waste generated and and its disposal ...... 73 Table 3-1 Landuse/Landcover areas in km2 around 10 km radius for project site ...... 81 Table 3-2 Receptor summary ...... 95 Table 3-3 Ambient Air Monitoring methodology ...... 96

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xiv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-4 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) ...... 97 Table 3-5 Ambient Air monitoring results ...... 97 Table 3-6 Stack Inventory ...... 100 Table 3-7 The proposed boilers specification ...... 101 Table 3-8 PM10 - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 ...... 102 Table 3-9 PM2.5 - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 ...... 103 Table 3-10 SO2 - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 ...... 103 Table 3-11 NOx - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 ...... 103 Table 3-12 Details of the ground water quality monitoring sampling locations ...... 109 Table 3-13 Analysis methodology of groundwater and surface water ...... 110 Table 3-14 Groundwater analysis report within 10 km radius of the study area ...... 112 Table 3-15 Sampling location of surface water ...... 113 Table 3-16 Surface water analysis report within 10 km radius of the study area ...... 115 Table 3-17 Details of the soil sampling locations ...... 117 Table 3-18 Soil Analysis report within 10 km radius of the study area ...... 118 Table 3-19 Standard soil classification ...... 120 Table 3-20 Levels of soil fertility ...... 121 Table 3-21 Details of noise quality monitoring locations ...... 121 Table 3-22 Noise levels of the study area ...... 122 Table 3-23 Presence of vegetation up to10 km surroundings of the project site ...... 126 Table 3-24 Fauna recorded 10 km surroundings of the project site ...... 129 Table 3-25 Enumeration of Phytoplankton at different locations ...... 131 Table 3-26 Phytoplankton genera observed at different locations ...... 131 Table 3-27 Enumeration of Zooplankton at different locations ...... 132 Table 3-28 Zooplankton genera observed at different locations ...... 132 Table 3-29 Roads ...... 135 Table 4-1 Anticipated environment impacts during construction phase ...... 138 Table 4-2 Land use patter of the industry ...... 139 Table 4-3 Anticipated impact and corresponding mitigation measure proposed for impact on land environment ...... 139 Table 4-4 Anticipated impact and proposed mitigation measure on the Soil Environment due to operation of proposed project ...... 140 Table 4-5 Anticipated impact and proposed mitigation measure on the Air Environment due to operation of proposed project ...... 140

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 4-6 Anticipated impact and proposed mitigation measure on the Air Environment due to D.G. Sets ...... 141 Table 4-7 Impact and mitigation analysis for the proposed unit ...... 141 Table 4-8 Impact on water environment due to ETP ...... 142 Table 4-9 Impact and mitigation analysis for the proposed unit in respect of solid waste management .. 143 Table 4-10 Anticipated impacts and mitigation measures for the noise environment for the proposed project ...... 146 Table 4-11 Anticipated impacts and mitigation measures for the ecological environment for the proposed project ...... 147 Table 6-1 Objectives and target completion ...... 154 Table 6-2 Parameters and frequency for post project environmental monitoring ...... 156 Table 6-3 EMP Budget of industry ...... 158 Table 7-1 Onsite Possible Hazards and its Management ...... 162 Table 7-2 Existing and proposed scenario for bagasse storage ...... 165 Table 7-3 Sulphur Storage ...... 166 Table 7-4 Capacities of Molasses Storage Tank ...... 169 Table 7-5 Consequence analysis results for SO2 ...... 172 Table 7-6 Frequency failure rate for Pipeline ...... 173 Table 7-7 Degree of Hazard and F&EI Index ...... 174 Table 7-8 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol...... 179 Table 9-1 Details of non-hazardous waste generated and its disposal ...... 194 Table 9-2 Details of hazardous waste generated and and its disposal ...... 194 Table 9-3 List of plant which absorb the pollutant for the proposed Green Belt development ...... 196 Table 9-4 List of plant proposed for Green Belt development ...... 196 Table 9-5 Rain water harvesting quantity ...... 197 Table 9-6 Quantity of Stormwater diverted to canal per annum ...... 197

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xvi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1 Map showing General Location of the factory site ...... 24 Figure 2-2 Specific Location and Project Boundaries ...... 25 Figure 2-3 Layout Map ...... 26 Figure 2-4 Toposheet Map (Survey of India) ...... 27 Figure 2-5 Site photographs ...... 29 Figure 2-6 Manufacturing process flow chart-Sugar ...... 34 Figure 2-7 Process flow sheet for the distillery unit ...... 36 Figure 2-8 Fermentation flow Sheet ...... 37 Figure 2-9 Process flow sheet of distillation based on sugarcane juice as a raw material ...... 45 Figure 2-10 Flour weighing and batching ...... 49 Figure 2-11 Slurry preparation ...... 50 Figure 2-12 Cooking ...... 50 Figure 2-13 Liquefaction and Saccharification ...... 51 Figure 2-14 Grain to ethanol process flow diagram...... 52 Figure 3-1 Toposheet map of area covering 10 km radius around project site ...... 76 Figure 3-2 Google Earth image of area covering 10 km radius around project site...... 77 Figure 3-3 Google Earth image of area covering 500 m angular distance around project site...... 78 Figure 3-4 False Colour Composite (FCC) image of the area covering 10 km around project site ...... 79 Figure 3-5 LULC map of 10 km radius around project site ...... 80 Figure 3-6 Pie chart of LULC classes around 10 km radius of Project site ...... 80 Figure 3-7 Drainage pattern within 10 km radius around project site ...... 82 Figure 3-8 Contour patterns within 10 km radius around Project site ...... 83 Figure 3-9 Hydrological map around the study area ...... 84 Figure 3-10 Hydrogeology of Pune District ...... 85 Figure 3-11 Groundwater prospect map around 10 Km. radius study area...... 87 Figure 3-12 showing non-notified semi-critical area as per CGWA online portal...... 88 Figure 3-13 Geomorphological features around the study area...... 90 Figure 3-14 Geological formation around the study area ...... 91 Figure 3-15 Seismic Map of study area ...... 92 Figure 3-16 Windrose diagram for the study area (blowing from) ...... 94 Figure 3-17 10 km. radius study area map indicating Ambient air quality monitoring locations ...... 96 Figure 3-18 Concentration isopleths for PM10 incremental concentrations...... 104

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xvii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-19 Concentration isopleths for PM2.5 incremental concentrations ...... 105 Figure 3-20 Concentration isopleths for SO2 incremental concentrations ...... 106 Figure 3-21 Concentration isopleths for NOX incremental concentrations ...... 107 Figure 3-22 10 km. radius study area map indicating groundwater sampling location ...... 110 Figure 3-23 10 km. radius study area map indicating surface water sampling location ...... 114 Figure 3-24 10 km. radius study area map indicating soil sampling location ...... 118 Figure 3-25 10 km. radius study area map indicating noise quality sampling location ...... 122 Figure 3-26 Study area for Biological Environment ...... 124 Figure 6-1 Hierachal structure of the organization for reporting ...... 155 Figure 7-1 Disaster management process ...... 182 Figure 9-1 Hierarchal structure of the organization for reporting ...... 198

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xviii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AERMOD : American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model APC : Air Pollution Control APHA : The American Public Health Association BCS : Black Cotton Soil BLEVE : Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion BOD : Biological Oxygen Demand BX : Degrees Brix CER Corporate Environment Responsibilities COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand COINDS : Comprehensive Industry Document on Sugar Industry CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board CPU : Condensate Polishing Unit CSR : Corporate Social Responsibilities CTO : Consent to Operate dB : Decibel DG Set : Disel Generator Set DM Plant : Demineralization Plant DMC : Disaster Management Cell DO : Dissolved Oxygen EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee EBP : Ethanol Blending Programme ECC : Emergency Control Centre EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment EMP : Environmental Management Plan ENA : Extra Neutral Alcohol ERPGs : Emergency Response Planning Guidelines ESP : Electrostatic Precipitators ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant F/M Ratio : Food to Micro-organism Ratio FD : Forced Draft G2R Policies : Guaranteed to Run Policies GCV : Gross Calorific Value GIS : Geographic information system GLCs : Ground Level Concentrations GOI, MSME : Government Of India , Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises GPS : Global Positioning System GR Yeast : Glutathione Reductase Yeast HAZOP : Hazard and Operability Study HIRA : Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment ID : Induced Draft IMD : The India Meteorological Department IMFL : Indian made Foreign Liquor IRS : Indian Remote Sensing Satellite System IS : International Standards ISO : International Organization for Standardization IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature JV : Joint Venture KLPD : Kilo Liter Per Day

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xix Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

KVA : Kilo-Volt-Ampere LCO : Liaison and Communication Officer LISS : Linear Imaging Self Scanning Sensor LPG : Liquefied Petroleum Gas MCA : Maximum Credible Accident Analysis MCLS) : Maximum Credible Loss Scenario MCR : Maximum Continuous Rating MEE : Multiple Effect Evaporator MLSS : Mixed Liquor Suspended Solid MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environmental Forest and Climate Change MSIHC : manufacture, storage and import of Hazardous Chemical Rules ( MT : Metric Tonn MW : Mega Watt MWh : Mega Watt Hours NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards NE : North-East NH-4 : National Highway Number - 4 NW : North-West OHS : Occupational Health and Safety PACS : Primary Agricultural Credit Society PAPs : Project Affected Persons PESO : Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation PPEs : Pesonal Protective Equipments PVC : Poly Vinyl Chloride QCI-NABET : Quality Council of India – National Accreditation Board for Education and Training R & R : Rehabilitation and Resettlement RAP : Resettlement Action Plan SEC : Subbarao’s Environment Center SERFESI : Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, SIA : Social Impact Assessment SPCB : State Pollution Control Board SPL : Sound Pressure Levels STP : Sewage Treatment Plant SW : South-West TCD : Tonns Crushing per day TPH : Tonns Per Hours USA : United States of America ZLD : Zero liquid Discharge

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xx Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

TERMS OF REFERENCE GRANTED BY MOEF &CC

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxiii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxiv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxvi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxvii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxviii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxix Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxx Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxiii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxiv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

COMPLIANCE OF THE TORS Compliance of the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MOEF & CC) vide letter No. IA-J-11011/106/2016-IA-II(I) dated 30.09.2020

Sr. TOR Condition Compliance Page No. No. A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE The summary contains site details, environmental status, air quality prediction impacts due to all units in the industrial complex and mitigation measures, water balance, waste management, greenbelt, rainwater 1 Executive Summary harvesting, project description including material balance, project cost, CSR 01 to 13 activities, socioeconomic, ecology and biodiversity, land use pattern, geology and geohydrology, additional studies such as risk assessment, and EMP etc. Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including The details are included in Chapter-11 of EIA Report 204 to 207 NABET accreditation 2 The detailed background information of the project proponent is provided in ii. Information about the project proponent 16 Chapter 1, under section 1.3 iii. Importance and benefits of the project Kindly refer to the Section 1.4.5 of Chapter 1 18 3 Project Description The cost of the project is Rs. 125 crores. The time of the completion is approximately two years after the receipt of i. Cost of project and time of completion. 31 the Environmental Clearance The detailed cost breakup is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5 ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. Included in Chapter-2, Section 2.4 30 to 31 iii. If the expansion project, details of existing products with Included in Chapter-2, Section 2.4 capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, 30 to 31 reference of earlier EC if any. iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with the Included in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4 55 to 57 mode of transportation

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

v. Other chemicals and materials required Included in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4 55 to 57 vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and Included in Chapter-2 Section 2.8.4 73 their management. vii. The requirement of water, power, with a source of supply, the Included in Chapter-2, Section 2.7 status of approval, water balance diagram, manpower requirement 54 to 70 (regular and contract). viii. Process description along with major equipment and Included in Chapter 2, Section 2.6 machineries, process flow sheet (Quantitative) from raw material 31 to 54 to products to be provided. Risk analysis is given in Chapter 7, under section 7.2 to ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. 161.to 186 7.4.9 x. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Copy of Earlier EC is enclosed as Annexure-I. A certified Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA copy of latest monitoring report of the Regional Office, shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Nagpur is enclosed as Annexure-II Annexure-I Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of 209 to 216 Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May 2012 on Annexure- the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing II environmental clearances including Amendments shall be 217 to 246 provided. In addition, the status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing /existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental Not applicable as earlier EC is available with the industry. clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the The CTO of existing sugar and sitillery unit is enclosed as EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be Annexure-III provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate 247 to 262 and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4 Site Details

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxvi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Shetphalgade, Taluka Indapur, district Pune i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, It is an existing sugar complex, therefore no alternative District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether site was considered 22 to 29 other sites were considered. The details are included in Chapter 2, Section 2.3, Figure 2.1 ii. A toposheet of the study area of a radius of 10km and site Attached in Chapter 2, Section 2.3 Figure 2.4 location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. 27 (Including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places). It is an existing sugar complex, therefore no alternative iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of a site -- site was considered iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. hapter 2, Section 2.3, Table 2.1 22 v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Attached in Chapter 2, Section 2.3, Figure 2.2 25 vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as the proposed Attached in Chapter 2, Section 2.3, Figure 2.3 unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, the layout of 26 the Industrial Area indicating the location of the unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant Given in Chapter 2, Figure 2.5 site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in 28 to 29 particular. viii. Landuse break-up of the total land of the project site It is private land with a plot area of 47.76 ha. (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, Details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1, Table 2.11 54 forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (Not required for the industrial area). ix. A list of major industries with name and type within the study No any major industry. area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the -- study area. Geological features, Groundwater table conditions and x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study quality of water with respect to geological conditions are 84 to 92 area shall be included. covered in Chapter 3, under section 3.4

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxvii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to a 5km radius of the Drainage map is included in Chapter 3, under section study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, 3.3.3. peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence No river within 1 Km radius of the factory 82 frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (Mega greenfield projects). xii. Status of acquisition of land. If the acquisition is not Not applicable. complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of -- complete possession of the land. xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government Not applicable. -- policy. 5. Forest and wildlife-related issues (if applicable) Not applicable. -- i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry Not applicable. clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest -- Department. (if applicable) ii. Landuse map based on High-resolution satellite imagery (GPS) Not applicable. of the proposed site delineating the forestland. (in case of projects -- involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I Not applicable. -- forestry clearance along with the latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Not applicable. Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly -- authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon. v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Not applicable. Wildlife Warden of the State Government for the conservation of -- Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area. vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife Not applicable. -- (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxviii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Board for Wildlife. 6. Environmental Status -- i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site Covers in Chapter 3, under section 3.5, Windrows and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, diagrams are plotted based on the data (Figure 3.16) 94 relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction, and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, The ambient air quality monitoring was conducted for the SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall post monsoon season from October 2020 to December be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based on CPCB 2020. The details of which are Included in Chapter 3, 92 to 99 guidelines and take into account the predominant wind direction, Section 3.5.2. The receptors were considered based on population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. the Wind rose diagram. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations Chapter 3, Section 3.5.2. as per frequency is given in the NAAQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of 95 to 99 the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and Analysis Report for surface water included in Chapter 3, downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight under section 3.6.3 & Table 3.16 113 to 116 locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified Not Applicable -- by the CPCB / MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi. Groundwater monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be Chapter 3, under section 3.6.2 & Table 3.8 to Table 109 to 113 included. 3.14 vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. Chapter 3, under section 3.8 & Table 3.21 to 3.22 121 to 123 viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Chapter 3, Section 3.7 117 to 120 ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, the frequency of Chapter 9, Section 9.3.1.1 vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to 193 proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) The report of the Chapter 3, Section 3.9 existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to 123 to 133 rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xxxix Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter 3, Section 3.10 134 to 137 7. Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. The cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6 to 3.5.14 99 to 108 transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of the project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body. Not Applicable. iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished Not Applicable. -- products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Chapter 2, under sub-section 2.8.1 70 to 71 Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules. v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of Chapter 2, Section 2.8.2 72 emissions to meet standards. The regular maintenance of the road, a sprinkling of water on the dust prevailing areas, and plantation of trees along vi. Measures for fugitive emission control. -- the roadside and plant boundary for long term prevention shall be carried out.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xl Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, The hazardous waste generated will be Spent Oil 2.0 utilization, and management. Copies of MOU regarding KL/Annum),.which Shall be collected in Leak Proof utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also Containers and utilized as lubricant for bullock carts 73 be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste- Chapter 2, Section 2.8.4.2 minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. The fly ash generated is used in composting and sold as viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash manure or excess fly ash to be sold to the brick 73 Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. manufacturer Chapter 2, Section 2.8.4 The details are given in Chapter 9, under section 9.4 Total plot area of the industry is 47.76 Hectares, out of ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area which 17.00 Hectares of land is reserved for greenbelt i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of development; hence there should be minimum 25500 no. species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be of trees. At present there are 14000 trees, the remaining 195 to 196 included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and 11500 trees will be planted within 3 years. The industry a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also proposes to plant 1000 to 1500 trees per year in order to be incorporated. increase the greenbelt over and above 33% of the total factory area

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the rooftops and The details are given in Chapter 9, under section 9.5, stormwater drains to recharge the groundwater and also to use for 196 to 197 Table 9.5 the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost per annum for The details are given in Chapter 6, under section 6.13, 158 to 159 environmental pollution control measures shall be included. Table 6.3 xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall The details are given in the Chapter.6, under section 6.5 156 to 157 be submitted. xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) The details are given in the Chapter.7, under section 7.4 181 to 186

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xli Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. The disaster management plan should be linked with the District Disaster Management Plan. 8. Occupational health As per the factory act rules, all the safety measures are i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & implemented. The budgetary allocation is around 5 Lakhs -- safety of all contract and casual workers. per year ii. Details of exposure-specific health status evaluation of worker. Being implemented. At present routine medical checkups If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre-designed format, are done once in a year for all the employees. chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during -- pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above- mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are The industry has obtained approval from PESO for the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within existing 160 KLPD Distillery. All the control measures as Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, per PESO are adopted by the industry -- what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special Medical records are available with the industry -- reference to Occupational Health and Safety 9. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy Yes, is included in Chapter 9, under section 9.8 approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the 197 to 199 EIA report Yes, the process technologies adopted/approved by the ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating MoEF, CPCB & the consent condition prescribed by the process/procedures to bring into focus any state pollution control board. In the EIA reports -- infringement/deviation/ violation of the environmental or forest deviations/violations/the conditions prescribed by the norms/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. Expert Appraisal committees shall be Violated.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xlii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the It included in Chapter 9, Figure 9.1 company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring 198 compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have a system of reporting of The system shall be fallow as per the Hierarchal structure noncompliances/ violations of environmental norms to the Board for corrective actions/reporting system. of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders -- at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report. All the facilities are provided as per Factory Act Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during 10. -- construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during the operation phase.

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Cost of the expansion project is 125 Crore rupees, 0.75 % i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be of the total project cost (Ref: Office Memorandum Dated earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on 1st May 2018 F. No- 22-65/2017-IA.III) will be spent on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time- Corporate Environment Responsibilities (CER) over a 197 bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development period of 5 years. activities need to be elaborated upon. Chapter 9, Section 9.7

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any Nil. direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received 12. any notice under Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 -- or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13. A tabular chart with the index for pointwise compliance of above Complied --

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xliii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

TOR. B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR SUGAR Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its Chapter-2 , Section 2.6 processes, and operations in the production of sugar, along with 1. 31 to 54 material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance). Details on water balance including the quantity of effluent Chapter 2, Section 2.7.6 2. generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to minimize effluent is 58 to 69 charge and to maintain the quality of receiving water body. Details of the effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water Chapter 2, under section 2.8.1. quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in a Annexure-V 70 to 71 3. reduction in respect to fall concerned/regulated environmental 287 to 294 parameters. 4. Number of working days of the sugar production unit. Existing – i) Sugar unit-180 days Chapter 2, Section 2.7.8 5. Details of the use of steam from the boiler. 70

Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and ESP for air emissions and ETP for process Effluents. 6. 72 equipment to meet the national standards. Chapter 2, Section 2.8.2 Molasses is collected, and transported to the Steel Storage 7. Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses. -- tanks and to the Distillery through Pipelines. Bagasse is transferred through closed system (Conveyor) 8. Collection, storage, and handling of bagasse and pressmud. to Boilers and pressmud is transferred through Dumpers to -- Compost yard Coal is not used as fuel for sugar and co-generation units Flyash management plan for coal-based and bagasse and action 9. Ash from Bagasse is used for Composting and remaining -- plan. sold to Brick manufacturers Details on water quality parameters such as Temperature, Color, Discussed in detail in Chapter 3, for Groundwater 10. pH, BOD, COD, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & analysis under the section 3.6.2 and for Surface water 109 to 117 Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coliform bacteria etc. under the section 3.6.3

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xliv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and Discussed in detail in Chapter 3, under section 3.5

fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, etc., and 11. evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control 92 to 108 devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable).

C. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR DISTILLERIES Page No. List of existing distillery units in the study area 1. along with their capacity and sourcing of raw Within the 10 km of the study area, there are no distilleries present -- material. • 270 for 60 KLPD distillery 2. Number of working days of the distillery unit. -- • 330 for 240 KLPD distillery. Details of raw materials such as 3. Details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4, Table 2.13 55 to 57 molasses/grains, their source with availability. • Distillery Boiler-32 TPH for incineration of spentwash and generation 4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler. of power and steam. 70 • Chapter 2, Section 2.7.8 Groundwater quality shall be monitored through Piezometers, which shall be installed at the spentwash storage lagoons and compost yard as per the CPCB Guidelines. Surface and Groundwater quality around The monitoring shall be performed once in a month from NABL Accredited 5. proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and laboratory. The results of which shall be submitted to the regional office. -- compost yard The industry is working on zero liquid discharge technology, therefore no effluent shall be mixed with any surface water body and as such deterioration in the surface water quality due to the industry is not invasigated. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 6. Chapter 2, Section 2.7.6 58 to 69 KL/KL of alcohol produced. Proposed effluent treatment system for • The factory will be adopting Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). 70 to 71 7. molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, • Process condensates, boiler and cooling tower blowdown and spentlees 287 to 294

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xlv Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

spent lees, condensate, and utilities) as well as which shall be treated in condensate polishing unit and reused in the domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero process. effluent discharge (ZLD) • Distillery domestic effluent shall be in STP • Spentwash generated during the process of distillation from 60 KLPD distillery shall be treated based on composting principles and Spentwash generated from 240 KLPD distillery shall be treated based on concentration and incineration technology. Proposed action to restrict freshwater 8. consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol Chapter 2, Section 2.7.6 58 to 69 production. Details about capacity of spent wash holding • Spentwash from 60 KLPD storage lagoon with 30-days capacity tank, material used, design consideration. No. 9. • Spentwash from 240 KLPD storage lagoon with 7-days capacity Two of piezometers to be proposed around spent piezometers are installed around the lagoon. wash holding tank. There will be no groundwater pollution due to the proposed project as the factory will operate on Zero Liquid Discharge technologies. To avoid the spent wash leakage, lagoon specification will be maintained as below • Preparation of embankment in the soil for all four sides 1:2 slopes to be maintained. • Laying of 250 microns thick HDPE sheet Flat brick lining over HDPE 10. Action plan to control groundwater pollution. -- sheet for bottom and slopes in cement mortar 1:5 with pointing. • Construction of toe wall to avoid underscoring of the embankment during heavy rains. • Lagoon top with bricks on edge in cement mortar 1:5. • For surface composting, the compost yard is concreted. • For converting spentwash into ash incinerator boiler shall be provided. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details of 11. Chapter 2, Section 2.8.4 73 incinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal. 12 Details of the bio-composting yard (if • Spentwash generated from 60 KLPD shall be used for composting in --

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xlvi Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

applicable composting yard. • Minimum storage shall be maintained in the spentwash lagoon • The whole process is working under closed conditions, close pipeline. Spent wash from (240 KLPD distillery) shall be evaporated in closed tank and directly sent to the incineration boiler. Spent wash from (60 KLPD distillery) shall be evaporated in closed tank and directly sent to 13 Action plan to control odour pollution. composting -- • Fermentation unit will be provided with a proper cover to avoid the spread of odour and regular streaming of all fermentation equipment’s; the temperature will be kept under control during fermentation to avoid inactivation/killing of yeast; staling of fermented wash would also be avoided. • For existing 160 KLPD distillery continuous online monitoring system Arrangements for installation of the continuous (i.e. flow meter and the camera is already installed ) 14 online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring • The arrangement of a continuous online monitoring system after the -- device) proposed expansion will be done. Online flow meter and camera shall be installed.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd xlvii Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. 0 INTRODUCTION Baramati Agro Limited (BAL) is a private limited company and is located at post Shetphalgade, Tehsil - Indapur, District - Pune. The industry is registered under the Government of Maharashtra Industrial Act 1948 vide letter No. Pune (M) (I) 15421 dated 1/1/2008. The industry started its first crushing operation in the year 2008 with the installed capacity of 1500 TCD. The industry established molasses based sistillery of 60 KLPD in the year 2009-10 and 20 MW Co-generation power plant in the year 2015-16 for which the Environment clearance was granted by MoEF & CC F. No. J-11011/475/2007-IA II(I) dated 15.04.2008. The industry expanded its sugarcane capacity, established co-generation power plant and distillery unit from time to time.

Considering the Sugarcane cultivation potential and the availability of sugarcane in the command area, the industry proposes to expand its sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD (As per EC). In order to meet the requirements of steam and power the industry will install 40 MW TG Set in addition to existing 30 MW TG set of Cogeneraton power plant to achieve 70 MW power generation capacity. The industry also proposes to expand existing distillery capacity from 160 KLPD (molassess based) to 300 KLPD (Multifeed) distillery in order to consume additional molasses, sugarcane juice from the sugar unit. In the command area, the availability of Grains is also abundant and as such Grains may be used as raw material based on the demand supply of the market. 1.1 PROJECT LOCATION The salient features of the project site are Table 1 Salient features of the project site Sr. Direction wrt Features Discription No. site 1. latitude 18°16'15.34"N 2. Longitude 74°40'26.30"E 3. Elevation above MSL 555 meters Baramati ~ 16.1 Km SSW Daund ~ 23.48 Km NW 4. Nearest City/Town Kurkumbh ~ 20.71 Km NW Indapur town ~40.16 Km SEE Pune ~ 90.3 Km NWW Mumbai Highway National highway No. 9 ~8.53 NE 5. Road km NE Baramati-Bhigwan Road just ~2.27 km S 6. Nearest water body Nimbodi lake ~3 Km NE Katphal railway station – 9.08 Km SWW Shirsuphal railway station- 11.42 Km NW 7. Railway Station Bhigwan about ~ 11.90 Km NEE Baramati railway station - 18 Km SW 8. Airport Pune airport ~110 Km NWW 9. Protected Area None within 10 km 10. Reserved Forests None within 10 km 11. Wildlife Sanctuary None within 10 km 12. Archeological site None within 10 km 13. State boundary None within 10 km Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 1 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. Direction wrt Features Discription No. site 14. Defense installations None within 10 km 15. Average Rainfall 502 mm 16. Siesmicity III 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The details about the maufacturing capacity of existing unit as well as after the proposed expansion are given in table below

Table 2 Existing and Proposed Products manufacturing quantities Existing Capacity Sr. Proposed Description Unit As per As per Total Remark no. Capacity CTO EC 1. Sugar Unit TCD 9000* 12000 6000 18000 None 2. Co-generation Power MW 30* 70 0 70 None 3. Distillery Unit (300 KLPD Multifeed Distillery) Only one product a Rectified Spirit or Extra KLPD 160* 160 0 160 Neutral Alcohol at a time For Ethanol b Ethanol KLPD 0 0 140 140 Blending Programme

2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

A) Land use Details The total area available with the factory is 477600 Sq. m Out of which, 170000.00 sq.m will be utilized for green belt development. A detailed area breakup is given below

Table 3 Landuse breakup Sr. % of Description Area in Sq. m No. Area Existing 34803.0 1 Built Up 43677.00 9.15 Proposed 8874.0 2 Area under utilities 85295.00 17.86 3 Area under road 39983.00 8.37 4 Green Belt Area 170000.00 35.59 5 Parking Area 71120.00 14.89 vacant Area 67525.00 14.14 Total Plot Area 477600.00 100.00

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 2 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

B) Power requirement The power requirement of the existing configuration and the proposed configuration of the sugar complex is given in table below Table 4 Details of the power requirement Existing Proposed Total Unit Source (MW) (MW) (MW) Sugar Unit 14 7 21 Own Co-gen power plant 3 MW TG Set connected Distillery Unit 1.21 1.04 2.25 to Incinerator boiler Total 15.21 7.04 23.25 C) Water Consumption details Industrial Purpose:

The net fresh water requirement of the integrated sugar complex is 1144 MT/D (869 MT/D Industrial and 275 MT/D Domestic). The water is sourced from Khadakwasala Canal and Ujani Dam, and is 2 Kms away from the factory site

Table 5 Water requirement and wastewater generation of each unit

Sr. Water Requirement (MT/D) Wastewater generation (MT/D) No. 1. Sugar Division Zero water requirement for sugar division Sugar unit effluent 660 except Domestic water requirement of 210.

Water Saved – 1015 MT/D (due to excess Co-generation power plant effluent 237 condensate from sugarcane juice) Domestic 160 2. Distillery Division Based on “C” Molasses + B Heavy Molasses A. Concentrated spentwash 390 732 Treated W/W Recycled 1478 OR Based on “B” Heavy Molasses B. Concentrated spentwash 286 538 Treated W/W Recycled 1404 OR Based on “Sugarcane Juice/Syrup” C. Concentrated spentwash 237 869 Treated W/W Recycled 1798 OR Based on “Grains” (140 KLPD) D. Concentrated Spentwash (DGWS) 100 266 Treated W/W Recycled 740

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 3 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

D) Wastewater generation and its treatment technology

Sugar and Co-generation power plant Table 6 Details of effluent generation, treatment scheme and disposal arrangement for sugar unit and co-generation power plant Sr. Quantity Description Treatment technology and disposal No. MT/D Sugar factory trade Treated in Sugar ETP based on primary and secondary 1 660 effluent treatment and disposed on land for irrigation Co-generation Power Treated along with sugar factory effluent based on primary 2 237 plant effluent and secondary treatment and disposed on land for irrigation Treated in condensate polishing unit based on primary, 3 Excess Condensates 3600 secondary and tertiary treatment ad reused as process water or utilities 4 Domestic effluent 160 Treated in STP and disposed on land for gardening Distillery unit

The effluent streams are separated into strong stream (Spentwash) and weak stream (Spentlees, Utilities process condensates etc). The spentwash generated due to existing 60 KLPD distillery (570 MT/D) shall be treated based on biomethanation followed by concentration to 120 MT/D followed by bio-composting. The condensates 450 MT/D shall be treated in distillery CPU and recycled back to process and utilities. The effluent generated from 240 KLPD distillery shall be treated based on Concentration and Incinearation. The details of quantity of effluent generated its treatment scheme and disposal arrangements for each raw material are given in table below. Table 7 Details of effluent generation, treatment scheme and disposal arrangement for distillery

Sr. Raw Material Concentrated Spentwash To CPU No. C Molasses for 60 KLPD 120 MT/D to Composting and 1 and B Heavy molasses for 1478 270 MT/D to Incinerator boiler 240 KLPD B” Heavy Molasses 120 MT/D to Composting and 2 1404 166 MT/D to Incinerator boiler Sugarcane Juice/ Syrup 120 MT/D to Composting and 3 1798 117 MT/D to Incinerator boiler Used as fuel in Incinerator boiler Treated in CPU based on alomg with coal. The incinerator primary,secondary and tertiary Treatment Scheme boiler ash shall be sold as potash treatment and reused as process rich manure to farmers water or for utilities 4 Grains as raw material 100 740 Treated in CPU based on primary,secondary and tertiary Treatment Scheme Used as cattle feed treatment and reused as process water or for utilities

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 4 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

E) Air Emission Management Table 8 Details of boilers and its APC equipment for existing as well as proposed Sr. Height in APC Stack Attached to Type of Fuel No. meters Equipment Existing 1 1*110 TPH boiler Bagasse 65 ESP 2 1*40 TPH Boiler Bagasse 49 ESP 3 1*10 TPH Biogas + bagasse 40 Wet scrubber Concentrated spentwash + 4 1*32 TPH Incinerator boiler 70 ESP Coal / Bagasse Acostic 5 DG Set (500 KVA) HSD 6 enclosure Proposed 1 1*110 TPH + 1*50 TPH Bagasse 75 ESP Boiler 2 DG Set HSD 6 F) Solid waste Management a) Non Hazardous solid wastes details Table 9 Details of non-hazardous waste generated and its disposal Sr. Description of Quantity Mode of collection and UOM No. waste Existing Proposed Total disposal Suagr and cogeneration unit 1 Fly/ Boiler ash 18.73 20 38.73 MT/D Sell to brick manufacturers After drying, it will be sold 2 ETP Sludge 150 150 300 MT/A for brick kiln Mixed with concentrated 3 Pressmud 360 360 720 MT/D spentwash as filler material and treated in composting Distillery unit Sold as potash rich manure to Incineration boiler 1 26 28 54 MT/D farmers after mixing with ash pressmud 2 Fly/ Boiler ash 0.6 -- 0.6 MT/D Sell to brick manufacturers 3 Yeast Sludge a C Molasses 15 0 15 b B Heavy Molasses 13 11 24 After drying, it will be sold MT/D c Cane Juice 0 5 5 for brick kiln d Grains 0 10 10 Other solid waste 1 Canteen waste 1.5 1.0 2.5 MT/D Composting b. Hazardous Waste Table 10 Details of hazardous waste generated and and its disposal

Description of Sr. No. Category Quantity Mode of Collection and Disposal waste Shall be collected in Leak Proof Containers and 1. 5.1 Used Oil 2.0 KL/A utilized as lubricant for bullock carts

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 5 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3. 0 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT Table 11 Ambient air quality monitoring results Description Concentration Sr. Receptor/ of PM PM SO NO CO No. Village 10 2.5 2 X Receptor µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 Maximum 74.68 54.36 24.51 28.24 1.38 Minimum 62.85 42.32 9.65 13.87 0.48 1 A -1 Near Main gate Average 69.54 49.15 17.47 21.34 0.99 Percentile 98% 74.67 54.02 24.06 28.08 1.35 Maximum 71.54 52.16 17.54 21.79 0.31 Minimum 54.28 22.05 7.54 11.08 0.17 2 A -2 Near ETP Average 65.09 46.46 13.85 17.81 0.25 Percentile 98% 71.54 51.79 17.50 21.74 0.31 Maximum 69.87 52.36 17.89 20.98 0.29 Minimum 49.87 38.26 6.98 9.69 0.11 3 A -3 Near Nimbodi Average 59.40 44.99 11.32 15.17 0.20 Percentile 98% 67.85 51.50 17.27 20.69 0.28 Maximum 64.23 51.23 12.51 16.84 0.24 Near Minimum 44.85 31.45 5.45 9.28 0.08 4 A -4 Shetphalgade Average 56.13 43.17 9.27 13.28 0.16 Percentile 98% 63.45 50.60 12.51 16.52 0.22 Maximum 62.32 49.65 13.45 17.25 0.21 Minimum 49.85 37.85 6.98 10.78 0.09 5 A -5 Near Lamjewadi Average 57.72 44.74 9.59 13.60 0.16 Percentile 98% 62.32 49.22 13.14 17.07 0.21 Maximum 62.54 50.71 12.12 16.45 0.22 Minimum 49.87 36.48 6.54 10.62 0.11 6 A -6 Near Parawadi Average 56.56 44.06 9.30 13.42 0.17 Percentile 98% 62.43 50.07 11.85 15.95 0.22 Maximum 62.35 49.87 11.32 15.34 0.21 Near Minimum 43.65 31.32 6.59 10.28 0.08 7 A -7 Madanwadi Average 55.46 42.48 9.01 12.99 0.14 Percentile 98% 61.84 49.16 11.21 15.27 0.20 Maximum 61.98 49.04 11.36 15.32 0.21 Minimum 45.32 32.14 5.12 9.21 0.08 8 A -8 Near Pimpale Average 53.64 40.59 8.14 12.13 0.13 Percentile 98% 61.78 48.85 11.36 15.30 0.20 Maximum 60.14 49.21 10.14 14.07 0.21 Minimum 45.36 32.58 5.96 10.07 0.09 9 A-9 Near Nandadevi Average 52.21 40.21 7.57 11.43 0.15 Percentile 98% 60.01 48.43 9.91 13.69 0.21

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 6 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.1.1 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY

Table 12 Details of the incremental concentrations due to proposed expansion

Sr PM10- 24 hour PM2.5- 24 hour SO2- 24 hour concentration NOx- 24 hour concentration . Receptor/Vil concentration (μg/m3) concentration (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) N lage Backgro Incre Backgro Increm Backgro Increm Backgro Increm Total Total Total Total o. und mental und ental und ental und ental Near Main 1 74.68 0 74.68 53.61 0 53.61 24.51 0 24.51 27.89 0 27.89 gate 2 Near ETP 71.54 0 71.54 52.16 0 52.16 17.54 0 17.54 21.79 0 21.79 Near 3 69.87 0 69.87 52.36 0 52.36 17.89 0 17.89 20.98 0 20.98 Nimbodi Near 4 64.23 0 64.23 51.23 0 51.23 12.51 0 12.51 16.84 0 16.84 Shetphalgade Near 5 62.35 0 62.35 49.65 0 49.65 13.45 0.001 13.451 17.25 0 17.25 Lamjewadi Near 6 62.54 0 62.54 50.71 0 50.71 12.12 0 12.12 16.45 0 16.45 Parawadi Near 7 62.35 0.031 62.381 48.62 0.021 48.641 11.32 0.306 11.626 15.34 0.12 15.46 Madanwadi Near 8 61.98 0.015 61.995 49.04 0.01 49.05 11.36 0.15 11.51 15.32 0.059 15.379 Pimpale Near 9 60.14 0 60.14 49.21 0 49.21 10.14 0.001 10.141 14.07 0 14.07 Nandadevi

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 7 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT The unit is located at Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra.Majority of the study area (10 km around site) is under agriculture land use. The industry is lifting fresh water from Ujani Dam which is 9 km away from the industry. The permission is already available with the industry from respective authorities. Ground water is the accumulation of water below the surface of earth, caused by the portion of rainfall that percolates through the soil pores and rock crevices, flown by natural gravity till it reaches an impervious stratum. Water samples were collected from bore/open wells located within 10 Km. radios from the proposed site. For surface water quality estimation total 7 samples were collected from the study area. The results of which are tabulated in table below

Table 13 Water Analysis Results Ground water Surface water Sr. No Parameters Min Max Min Max 1. pH 6.95 7.35 6.58 7.3 2. Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 471 559 327 502 3. Total Hardness (mg/l) 326 418 179 203 4. Chlorides (mg/l) 108 174 127 173 5. Fluoride (mg/l) 0.08 0.29 0.138 0.354 6. Sulphates (mg/l) 8.5 23.9 59 127 3.3 SOIL ENVIRONMENT The soil samples were collected at total eight locations within the study area.

• The finding of the study reveals that pH of soil in the area ranged between 6.98 to 7.28 which is an indicative of the neutral soil. • The values for Nitrogen at all locations varied between 274 to 317 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of nitrogen was observed at location S-8, while the lowest concentration can be observed at location S-3. • It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be high at all locations ranging between 274 to 362 kg/ha. • Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per soil classification given by Tondon H.L.S. (2005). The samples fall under low to medium fertile soils. 3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Daytime Noise Levels (Leq)day Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was found in the range of 63 – 65 dB (A), which is well below the permissible limit of 75 dB (A), due to industry is not working state presently. Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 49 dB (A) to 59 dB (A).

Night time Noise Levels (Leq)night Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed in the range of 54 – 55 dB (A), which is well below the permissible limit of 70 dB (A), due to industry is not working state presently.

Residential Zone: The night time noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 40 dB (A) 48 dB (A)

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 8 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

The industry is making all efforts to control the noise levels within the limits by providing acoustic measures and silencer pads etc. all the employees in these work places shall be provided with ear plugs / muffs. 3.5 LAND USE/LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA Table 14 Landuse/Landcover areas in km2 around 10 km radius for project site Sr No. LULC Class Area in Ha Area in km2 Percentage 1 Open Land 10132.43 101.32 28.49 2 Scrub Land 5668.49 56.68 15.94 3 Agriculture 12118.70 121.19 34.07 4 Fallow Land 6197.29 61.97 17.42 5 Habitation 502.31 5.02 1.41 6 Waterbody 950.87 9.51 2.67 Total Area 35570.09 346.19 100.00 4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES The anticipated impacts during construction and operational phase due to the proposed activity on air, water, soil, noise, ecology and biodiversity, and socio-economic environment are assessed and mitigation measures to minimize the impacts on the same are suggested in Chapter 4 in this report. 5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

The technologies for the treatment and safe disposal of spent wash- most polluting element from distilleries and the site selection criteria are discussed in this chapter. Traditionally, the spent wash was used for irrigation of crops and for composting with press mud from sugar mills as filler material. At several places in the country, it used to be spread on land in an uncontrolled fashion, resulting in destruction of agricultural land and pollution of ground water. When it was not possible to use it on land, it was often discharged in surface waters affecting the riparian rights of other users of the water body. The new recommendations of CPCB/ MoEF & CC imposed a restriction on such utilization, of spent wash on agricultural land. Therefore, it has become necessary to look for technologies to reduce the volume and concentrate the spent wash, so that it can be handled effectively without damaging the environment.

This Industry has decided to undertake an “Alternative Analysis (AA)” for this project. The various alternatives are (1) Product (2) Raw materials, (3) Technology, Engineering & Hardware, (4) Site, and (5) No-Project

• Availability of raw material/fuel • Proximity of molasses as a raw material and cost-effective transportation logistics • Availability of water supply • The availability of water from the source is adequate to meet the requirement of the proposed sugar & distillery expansion. For proposed project water will be sourced from Ujani dam • Availability of infrastructural facility Industrial infrastructural facilities such as roads, transport, security, water, power, administration etc. are available with existing factory. Community facilities such as quarters, medical services, education and training facility etc. are also available at site.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 9 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

6.0 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME Table 15 Environment management progrmme

SR. FREQUENCY OF ITEM PARAMETERS LOCATION NO MONITORING Ambient Air 5 Locations quality at 1 @ Upwind and 2@ 24 hourly, 1. appropriate location PM10, PM2.5, SO2,and NOx downwind directions from Quarterly 0 for PM10, PM2.5, stack @ 120 to each other

SO2,and NOx, Near entry and exit gates Stationary Emission from 1 DG set Stack, 2. PM, SO , NOx Monthly Stack 2 2 Boiler Stack

PM, SO2, NOx Water quality parameters Water Monthly Drinking water locations as per 10500:2012 3. Waste water quality ETP inlet and Outlet pH, BOD, COD, TSS, (treated and Monthly CPU Inlet and outlet Flow, TDS etc. Untreated) Spentwash 6 Locations Day and Night levels Upwind and downwind Quarterly or as 4. Noise Equivalent noise level- dB directions often as required (A) Near boilers and near main gate and ETP. pH, Cation Exchange Soil (Qualitative Capacity, Total Nitrogen, 1 near Greenbelt and quantitative Phosphorous, Potassium, Quarterly or as 1 near ETP 5. testing/analysis to moisture, Permeability, often as required Composite sample shall be check the soil Conductivity, Texture & taken at each location fertility,) structure, Organic carbon Solid waste generation 6. Manual record keeping To be updated daily monitoring / Record Keeping Type of species shall be decided based on soil & climatic conditions. The Greenbelt and number of trees would be 7 plantation 1500 per hectare, Six Monthly monitoring however; the number of trees would vary depending on the type of soil

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 10 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

SR. FREQUENCY OF ITEM PARAMETERS LOCATION NO MONITORING Maintain the data of raw materials consumption, steam consumption, Carbon and Water vehicle frequency for 8 foot Print transport of raw materials, Daily and Monthly Monitoring effluent generation, air emissions, hazardous waste generation, and raw material recovery 7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1: RISK ASSESSMENT

The project involves expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD and Distilery capacity from 160 KLPD to 300 KLPD to produce rectified spirit/extra neutral alcohol/ethanol based on “C”/“B” heavy molasses/sugarcane juice/syrup/grain There are no thickly populated villages in the surrounding 10 Km area. There are no sensitive places like Hospitals, schools within three kilometres. The factory has been identified as a major hazard installation for manufacturing, storage and handling of Ethyl Alcohol in excess of the threshold quantity (1000 MT) assigned for a highly flammable liquid in accordance with the manufacture, storage and import of Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC), 1989 by the Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of India. Manufacture and storage of such a large quantity of hazardous chemicals has potential to cause a “Major Accident”. The term major accident has been defined under MSIHC rules as under: An occurrence such as a major emission, fire or explosion involving one or more hazardous chemicals and resulting in uncontrolled developments in the course of industrial activity leading to serious effects both inside or outside the installation, likely to cause substantial loss of life or property including adverse effect on health and on the environment. It is mandatory for a major hazards installation to prepare the “Risk Analysis Report” along with a Emergency Plan in order to control and mitigate the effects of a major accident. Risk and consequence analysis thus becomes an integral part of emergency planning which enables in assessment of nature and magnitude of emergency situations. The emergency plans both onsite and offsite are required to be based on the nature and magnitude of an emergency, arising from a major accident scenario. The risk analysis is undertaken with the objective of prevention and control of occurrence of major accident in a plant.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 11 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

8.0 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS TOWARDS ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table 16 EMP Budget CAPITAL RECURRING SR. COMPONENT PARTICULARS INVESTMENT INVESTMENT NO. (IN LAKHS) (IN LAKHS) Construction of new stack for boiler 1. Air 400 40 and ESP • Upgradation of ETP 2. Water • Upgradation Sugar and distillery 500 80 CPU Acoustic enclosures, Silencer pads, ear 3. Noise 40 5 plugs etc Quarterly Environment Monitoring (Per Year) PM , PM , SO , Ambient air 10 2.5 2 Environment monitoring NOx 4. monitoring and Boiler & DG -- 10 TPM, SO , NOx Management Set Monitoring 2 Effluent pH, COD, BOD, (Treated TSS, TDS, Oil & &Untreated) Grease Gloves, Breathing Masks, Gloves, Boots, Helmets, Ear Plugs etc. & annual health- Occupational 5. medical checkup of workers, 60 5 Health Occupational Health (training, OH center) Green belt development activity 30 6. Greenbelt Maintenance of green belt -- 5 Solid Waste 7. Solid Waste Management 50 10 Management Rain water 8. Rain water harvesting 20 5 harvesting Maintain the data of raw materials consumption, steam consumption, Carbon and vehicle frequency for transport of raw 9. Water Foot -- 5 materials, effluent generation, air Print emissions, hazardous waste generation, and raw material recovery TOTAL COST (INR, LAKHS) 1100 165

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 12 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

10.0 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY PLAN

The capital cost of the proposed expansion project will be Rs. 125 Crores. As per the Ministry’s Office Memorandum, Vide F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 01.05.2018, the industry is to spend 0.75 % of the Project Cost on Corporate Environment Responsibility, which works out to be Rs. 0.9375 Crores only.

11.0 RAINWATER AND STORMWATER HARVESTING PLAN

The industry is making efforts to conserve natural resources by adopting green technologies and as such industry proposes to adopt rain water harvesting system. With the annual rainfall of 510 mm there is good potential to harvest rainwater. The rainwater harvwsting system is installed at various buildings and about 8119 sq.m of area. 3312 m3 per year water is harvested. This harvested water shall be utilized for ground water recharge in order to increase the ground water table in the surrounding area Stormwater management system is also adopted by the industry. Separate drains of minimum 0.6 m * 1.0 m are provided for the collection and disposal of stormwater from the industry premises.

Table 17 Rain water harvesting quantity

Sr. Area Average Run- Rainfall in The quantity of Location No M2 off Factor mm rainwater per year m3 Only 8119 m2 area 1 Built-up area use for rainwater 0.80 510 3312 harvesting Storm water harvesting

Table 18 Quantity of Stormwater diverted to canal per annum

Sr. Area Average Run- Rainfall in The quantity of Location No M2 off Factor mm rainwater per year m3 Total factory area 477600-43667 = 1 0.40 510 88522 - Builtup area 433933 12.0 CONCLUSIONS As the industry has provided all the necessary pollution control measures for water, Air and Solid and hazardous waste disposal, the negative impacts on the environment would be minimal/ negligible. The expansion programme would help the farmers to crush their produce in time which would help to minimize the loss of sugarcane tonnage and yield maximum financial benefits.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 13 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

1. INTRODUCTION Preamble Baramati Agro Limited (BAL) is a private limited company and is located at post Shetphalgade, Tehsil - Indapur, District - Pune. The industry is registered under the Government of Maharashtra Industrial Act 1948 vide letter No. Pune (M) (I) 15421 dated 1/1/2008. The industry started its first crushing operation in the year 2008 with the installed capacity of 1500 TCD. The industry established molasses based distillery of 60 KLPD in the year 2009-10 and 20 MW Co-generation power plant in the year 2015-16 for which the Environment clearance was granted by MoEF & CC F. No. J-11011/475/2007-IA II(I) dated 15.04.2008. The industry expanded its sugarcane capacity, established co-generation power plant and distillery unit from time to time.

The details of the expansion activities carried out by the industry from time to time are given in table below.

Table 1-1 Details of the project implementation from time to time Sr. Description Capacity Year No 1. Sugar and Co-generation Unit a Sugarcane crushing capacity 1500 TCD 2008-09 b Expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity 3000 TCD 2010-11 Expansion in Sugarcane crushing capacity and establishment of Co- 4500 TCD c 2015-16 generation power plant 20 MW Expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity and Co-generation power 9000 TCD d 2018-19 plant 30 MW 2. Distillery Unit a Establishment of the molasses based distillery 60 KLPD 2009-10 b Expansion of distillery capacity from 60 KLPD to 100 KLPD 160 KLPD 2018-19 The industry received Environment Clearance for expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 4500 TCD to 12000 TCD, Co-generation power plant from 20 MW to 70 MW, and molasses based distillery capacity from 60 KLPD to 160 KLPD, Vide F. No. J-11011/106/2016-IA II (I) dated 20.03.2017. The industry implemented the expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 4500 TCD to 9000 TCD, Co- generation power plant from 20 MW to 30 MW only and Distillery capacity from 60 KLPD to 160 KLPD.

Considering the Sugarcane cultivation potential and the availability of sugarcane in the command area, the industry proposes to expand its sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD (As per EC). In order to meet the requirements of steam and power the industry will install 40 MW TG Set in addition to existing 30 MW TG set of Cogeneraton power plant to achieve 70 MW power generation capacity. The industry also proposes to expand existing distillery capacity from 160 KLPD (molassess based) to 300 KLPD (Multifeed) distillery in order to consume additional molasses, sugarcane juice from the sugar unit. In the command area, the availability of Grains is also abundant and as such Grains may be used as raw material based on the demand supply of the market.

The Baramati Agro Limited is located at the area where the availability of sugarcane surpasses the crushing capacity of the unit. In fact the crushing goes even more than the established capacity

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 14 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020 sometimes. So, its management thought that it would be advantageous to improve the living conditions of people in and around the plant site by expanding the unit. It will therefore, generate employment of resources and the persons in the local area. In turn local people can avoid uncertainty of job, raise their living standard, do supplementary jobs and other farming, cattle, poultry, food processing unit etc., thus, to stabilize and prosper in life. This will surely be a positive impact on the livelihood of the people living around the site.

The effluent from the Sugar unit and Co-generation power plant shall be treated based on primary and secondary treatment and recycled to the extent possible and disposed the remaining treated effluent on its own land for irrigation. Condensates from Sugar and Distillery unit shall be treated in CPU and recycled in to process. Distillery effluent (i.e. Spentwash) shall be treated based on Anaerobic Digestion followed by Concentration in MEE followed by drying in ATFD in order to make valuable by-product (i.e. Potash rich manure) and to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

The aggregated capital investment of the existing project is Rs. 419.3013 Crores and the capital investment of the proposed project will be Rs. 125.00 Crores.

The promoters have extensively and carefully analyzed the present and future scenario of Distillery products using different raw materials. They have also studied carefully the present irrigation facilities and surplus cane availability, as well as future potential of irrigation and additional cane availability.

Purpose of the report As per EIA Notification 2006, and amendments thereof, the products proposed by the industry are as per Sr. No. 5(g) molasses based distillery of more than 100 KLPD and 5(j) sugar unit with Co-generation Power plant is classified as Category A Project and will be appraised by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF &CC), New Delhi. The purpose of the EIA report is to provide a coherent statement of the potential impacts of the proposed project and the measures that should be taken to establish the impacts and suggest mitigation measures.

Table 1-2 Details of the project

Sr. No Details Description 1 Nature Manufacturing Plot Area: 477600 Sq. m., Existing and proposed manufacturing capacities 2 Size of the unit are given in Table 1.3 3 Location A/P Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra Existing Rs. 419.3013 Cr + Proposed expansion cost Rs. 125 Cr. Total- 4 Cost of the project 544.3013 Cr The standard ToRs were issued by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) New Delhi, for the Preparation of EIA/EMP Report. The final EIA Report has been prepared in accordance with the ToRs issued by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) New Delhi, Vide F. No. J-11011/106/2016-IA II (I) dated 30.09.2020. This report furnishes the details of location of Site, description of the project, prevailing baseline status w.r.t Air, Water, Noise, Land, Flora & Fauna and Socio-economic environment. This report also helps in identification of environmental impacts and mitigation measures during Construction and Operation of the project as part of Environmental Management Plan. This report also acts as guidance

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 15 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020 manual for the proponent for implementing the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and post project Environmental Monitoring Program as per statutory norms. Identification of project & project proponent 1.3.1. Identification of the project: Table 1-3 Highlights of the project Baramati Agro Limited (BAL) Factory site address Name and address of the : A/P Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra- 413130 factory site Phone No: 02112 663211 Email: [email protected] Constitution and Type : Private Limited Company Products : Sugar, Co-generation Power Plant, Distillery Approved capacity as Existing (As per EC Vide F. No. J- Installed Capacity : per CTO by 11011/106/2016-IA-II(I) Proposed Total MPCB) dated 20.03.2017 and 28.09.2018 Sugarcane crushing 18000 : 9000 TCD 12000 TCD 6000 TCD capacity TCD Cogeneration Power Plant : 30 MW 70 MW -- 70 MW Distillery Unit (Total 300 KLPD Multifeed Based) 160 KLPD Rectified Spirit or Extra 160 KLPD : 160 KLPD Molasses based 0 Multifeed Neutral Alcohol Molasses based based 140 KLPD 140 KLPD Ethanol : 0 0 Multifeed Multieed based based 1.3.2. Project Proponents: This enterprise is a legal private limited entity. The project proponents are known for their track records of honest and transparent businesses. The company is well aware of energy crisis and committed for conservation of energy. Similarly, the industry is committed to take all necessary measures to control pollution, continually improve environmental performance, comply with environmental legislation and regulations, health care, conservation and optimum use of resources etc. The list of Board of Directors is: Table 1-4 List of Board of Directors Sr. Name Role/ Designation No. 1 Mr. Rajendra Dinkarrao Pawar Chairman and Managing Director 2 Mr. Rohit Rajendra Pawar Whole-time Director 3 Mr. Subhash J Gulwe Executive Director 4 Mr. Rafique Taibali Bhori Independent Director 5 Mr. Rishikesh Namdeo Dabhade Non-Executive Director 6 Mrs Vijaya Hiremath Independent Director

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 16 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Brief description of the project 1.4.1. Nature of Project: Baramati Sugars Limited (BAL) is an agro-based company focused on the manufacturing of sugar and allied by-products. The proposed expansion shall be carried out in the existing premises of BAL of having 130 Acres of land. The project is placed under item no 5(j) - Sugar and 5(g) - Distillery and classified as Category A project as per the EIA Notification 2006 and amendments made there on. 1.4.2. Size of the project Following is the existing and proposed configuration of the project Table 1-5 Size of Operation (Existing and Proposed) Existing Capacity Sr. Proposed Description Unit As per As per Total Remark no. Capacity CTO EC 1. Sugarcane crushing capapcity TCD 9000* 12000 6000 18000 None 2. Co-generation Power MW 30* 70 0 70 None 3. Distillery Unit Only one product a Rectified Spirit or Extra KLPD 160* 160 0 160 at a time (No Neutral Alcohol Change proposed) For Ethanol b Ethanol KLPD 0 0 140 140 Blending Programme 1.4.3. Location:- There are no sensitive, historical, forest reserves and wildlife sanctuaries etc within 10 Km radius of the factory site. The latitude and longitude are 18°16'14.07"N and 74°40'25.53"E respectively. The Elevation above the Mean Sea Level is 555 m. The Project Site is conveniently located for development of the Project. Table 1-6 Salient features of the project site Features Discription Direction wrt site Location of the project Within existing distillery premises at Post Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra. Nearest City/Town Baramati ~ 16.1 Km SSW Daund ~ 23.48 Km NW Kurkumbh ~ 20.71 Km NW Indapur town ~40.16 Km SEE Pune ~ 90.3 Km NWW Road Mumbai Highway National highway No. 9 ~8.53 NE km NE Baramati-Bhigwan Road just ~2.27 km S Nearest water body Nimbodi lake ~3 Km NE Railway Station Katphal railway station – 9.08 Km SWW

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 17 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Features Discription Direction wrt site Shirsuphal railway station- 11.42 Km NW Bhigwan about ~ 11.90 Km NEE Baramati railway station - 18 Km SW Airport Pune airport ~110 Km NWW Sensitive locations such as No such locations within 10 km from the site protected forests, monuments, national park, zoos etc. 1.4.4. Employment Generation (Direct & Indirect) due to the project During the Construction Phase 50 Nos of people will be employed as a direct employment, whereas about 150 people will get indirect employment opportunities as transportation of raw material, hotels etc. During the operational phase:- The industry has existing manpower of 950 Nos (Skilled 400 numbers and unskilled 450 numbers), whereas after the proposed expansion about 300 people (skiled 200 numbers and unskilled 100 numbers) will be employed as direct employment and about 1500 people will get 1.4.5. Importance to the Country and Region India is second largest producer of sugar over the globe. With more than 45 million of sugar cane growers in the country, the bulk of the rural population in India depends on this industry. The sugar industry is the second largest agricultural industry and molasses is the main by product generated in sugar industries. Molasses is the raw material for the production of alcohol. Alcohol is produced for potable purpose, industrial purpose, for medicinal use, as fuel etc. Ethanol is used to blend with petrol to produce green fuel and this reduces import of crude petroleum. Under the Ethanol Blending Programme, the Central Government has asked oil marketing companies (OMCs) to target 10 per cent blending of ethanol with petrol by 2022. According to data compiled by the Indian Sugar Manufacturers Association (ISMA), the nationwide average for ethanol blending stands at 4.02 per cent as on October 1, 2018. Maximum achieved so far is 4.9%. Government of India has an ambition to increase the blending of Ethanol with petrol to an extent of 20% by 2030. To increase in production of Ethanol and its supply, the Central Government has made policy and issued Notification in this regard dated 19th July, 2018, 9th August, 2018 and 17th January, 2019 under Ethanol Blended with petrol (EBP) programme and extended soft loan to the sugar and distilleries to establish the Ethanol units. Therefore, in-order to make use of the above policy & to rise up to the occasion with the Policy of Government of India and cater the demand of timely crushing of sugarcane in the commnd area, Baramati Agro Limited proposed to expans its sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD and distillery capacity from 160 KLPD to 300 KLPD.

Scope of the study The scope of the study includes a detailed characterization of the environment in the project area of 10 km. radius of the project site for various environmental parameters like air, water, noise, land, biological and social-economic aspects. The EIA Report is prepared incorporating the compliance of the TORs accorded by the EAC Vide F. No. J-11011/106/2016-IA II(I) dated 30th September 2020.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 18 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

1.5.1. Objectives of the study • To define the processes associated with the proposed expansion program. • To establish present environmentalscenario of the study area. • To assess the possible impacts on existing environment, and also define all the possible measures to mitigate / reduce the adverse impacts on the surrounding environment. • To delineate post project environmental quality, monitoring and mitigation measures, if any, to be pursued by the applicant to safeguard the environment. 1.5.2. Present environment scenario This study involves assessment of present environment and ecology, flora and fauna, climate, land use, socio-economic condition of the area, monitoring of atmospheric pollutants like air, water, noise and meteorological parameters. Studies in this respect were carried out in core zone (i.e. project area) as well as in buffer zone (area covering 5 to 10 km radius from the project).

1.5.3. Assessment of environmental impacts In order to predict the expected impact of processes and activities of the project on various environmental factors, a detailed study of interrelationship of project activities and environmental factors has been carried out.

1.5.4. Socio-economic assessment This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic Distribution, Literacy Rate and Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Transport, Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 Km radius of the Proposed Project site.

1.5.5. Regulatory framework The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act -1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution), Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable toindustry.

Regulatory scoping Obtaining Consent for Establishment & Consent for Operation from the State Pollution Control Board.

1.5.6. Legal Policy and InstitutionalFrameworks The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects. Table 1.7 highlights the relevant environmental legislations applicable to this project.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 19 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 1-7 Applicability of legal policies to the project Applicability Sr. Coordinating Legal frame work Objectives of the policy to the No authority project Environmental Legality Water (Prevention and Prohibits the discharge of pollutants into 1 Control of pollution) SPCB water bodies beyond a given standard, and Applicable Act,1974 lays down penalties fornon-compliance Air (Prevention and Provides means for the control and abatement 2 Control of Pollution) SPCB Applicable of air pollution. Act, 1981 The Air (Prevention Defined the procedures for conducting 3 and Control of SPCB meetings of the boards, the powers of the Applicable Pollution) Rules, 1982 presiding officers, decision-making etc An act to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing Public Liability Director of immediate relief to the persons affected by 4 Applicable Insurance Act, 1991 Factories accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto Environment Ensure that appropriate measures are taken to (Protection) Act,1986 5 (MoEF&CC) conserve and protect the Environment before Applicable (EPA) as aamended in commencement of operations. May 1994 (Schedule-I) Environmental Impact Under its ambit, 32 types of industries are Assessment liable to opt for Environmental clearance 6 MoEF&CC Applicable Notification no. S.O. from MoEF&CC by providing adequate EIA 1533 report The Environment Lay down the procedures for setting 7 (Protection) Rules, CPCB standards of emission or discharge of Applicable 1986 environmental pollutants The Hazardous Wastes Procedure for inventory, control, handling management and disposal of hazardous waste. Provide for 8 (Management and SPCB Applicable setting up of disposal sites/landfill sites Handling) Rules, 1989 design,operation and closure and amended in 2016 Solid Waste Procedure for management and handling of 9 Management Rules, SPCB Applicable solid wastes 2016 Batteries (Management and To ensure that the used batteries are collected 10 SPCB Applicable Handling) Amendment back as per the schedule against new batteries Rules, 2010

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 20 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Type of project

The project involves expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD (As per Earlier EC) to 18000 TCD and molasses based distillery capacity from 160 KLPD to multifeed (B-heavy Molasses, sugarcane juice, grains) to 300 KLPD distillery. Cogeneration capacity of 70 MW (As per earlier EC) shall remain the same.

Need for the project The sugar industry is one of the major agro-based manufacturer industries. India being the largest Sugarcane producer country after Brazil, it is inevitable and unavoidable for India to grow as the largest sugar and allied products manufacturing country. The major shareholder of this sector is the farmer, producer of raw material sugarcane and it is estimated that around 45 millions of people in India are sugarcane growers. Sugarcane Potential, agro-climatic conditions and the cost of conversion and overheads, etc. are the major deciding factors for fixing the crushing capacity of a sugar plant. It has been established that wages and other overhead costs per ton of sugar get reduced substantially with higher plant sizes. As there is excess cane available in the command area, the industry shall have to make arrangement for the timely crushing of sugarcane of not only its shareholders but also the entire farmer’s community in the command area. Incidentally, the economic viability would also improve not only by producing sugar more but also to generate power which can be exported to the state grid and additional money can be distributed to farmers as cane price. Besides the direct benefit, the expansion would help to crush sugarcane in time so that the high recovery due to timely crushing would further improve the economy of the farmers. Apart from this, the establishment of such institutions brings employment and other developmental opportunities for the entire region. In the case of Baramati Agro Limited (BAL), the proposed expansion in sugarcane crushing and distillery capacity would greatly increase the productivity and profitability of the industry. Sugarcane juice, bagasse, and molasses generated (due to additional crushing) will be utilized for distillery expansion. Production of alcohol from molasses based distilleries is not only helpful in abating pollution by utilizing molasses but also helpful in partly fulfilling the need for petrol by blending ethanol in petrol. The existing co-generation power plant produces power, which helps in reducing the load on state electricity grids and fulfilling the necessity of electricity for society. Thus, the proposed project would immensely benefit not only its shareholders but also to the people of the entire region around Baramati Agro Limited (BAL).

To implement the above program, the management of Baramati Agro Limited (BAL) has appointed consultants with the objective of expansion & capacity optimization of sugar plant, with emphasis on reduction in the cost of production through improvement in milling efficiency and reduction in process steam/energy consumption.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 21 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2.2.1. Demand – Supply Gap Sugarcane availability in the command demands immediate expansion of sugar factory crushing capacity and establish by-products such as Ethanol to meet the demand of Ethanol Blending Programme. The co- generation power plant establishment would improve the power availability in the State Maharashtra.

There are three main uses of ethanol in India. Of the total available ethanol, the maximum about 45 percent is used to produce potable liquor, about 40 percent is used in the alcohol- based chemical industry (as a solvent in synthesis of other organic chemicals) and the rest is used for blending with petrol and other purposes. The demand for ethanol has been continually increasing on account of the growth of user industries and use of ethanol as a fuel in the country. However, the production and availability of ethanol has largely lagged behind. India is the fourth largest producer of ethanol in the world after Brazil, the United States of America (USA) and China, producing approximately 2000 million liters of ethanol, mainly by fermentation of sugarcane molasses. However, the amount of ethanol currently produced in India is not sufficient to meet domestic demand. In the year 2008-09, there was a huge unmet demand from the industrial sector, which was met by imports. Moreover, the current government policy of blending ethanol in petrol has targeted a demand of around 266 Crore liters and would go further ahead in coming years. Currently only 120 Crore is blended. This has created a demand of 150 Crore liters which would be a prime target of the industry.

Location Following are the coordinates of the project site:

Table 2-1 Co-ordinates of the plant site Symbol Latitude Longitude Project Site 18°16'14.07"N 74°40'25.53"E A 18°16'41.41"N 74°40'27.46"E B 18°16'39.41"N 74°40'39.87"E C 18°16'29.30"N 74°40'39.56"E D 18°16'30.75"N 74°40'47.19"E E 18°16'15.39"N 74°40'49.52"E F 18°16'6.94"N 74°40'46.86"E G 18°16'6.95"N 74°40'35.63"E H 18°16'9.91"N 74°40'35.48"E I 18°16'10.33"N 74°40'29.22"E J 18°16'7.24"N 74°40'29.18"E K 18°16'8.72"N 74°40'20.02"E L 18°16'10.77"N 74°40'14.88"E M 18°15'59.23"N 74°40'11.91"E N 18°16'0.53"N 74°40'7.93"E O 18°16'5.19"N 74°40'8.98"E P 18°16'12.80"N 74°40'12.72"E Q 18°16'29.45"N 74°40'19.11"E R 18°16'33.86"N 74°40'28.25"E

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 22 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2.3.1. Environment setting near the project site Table 2-2 Location features Sr. Direction wrt Features Discription No. site 1. latitude 18°16'15.34"N 2. Longitude 74°40'26.30"E 3. Elevation above MSL 555 meters Baramati ~ 16.1 Km SSW Daund ~ 23.48 Km NW 4. Nearest City/Town Kurkumbh ~ 20.71 Km NW Indapur town ~40.16 Km SEE Pune ~ 90.3 Km NWW Mumbai Highway National highway No. 9 ~8.53 NE 5. Road km NE Baramati-Bhigwan Road just ~2.27 km S 6. Nearest water body Nimbodi lake ~3 Km NE Katphal railway station – 9.08 Km SWW Shirsuphal railway station- 11.42 Km NW 7. Railway Station Bhigwan about ~ 11.90 Km NEE Baramati railway station - 18 Km SW 8. Airport Pune airport ~110 Km NWW 9. Protected Area None within 10 km 10. Reserved Forests None within 10 km 11. Wildlife Sanctuary None within 10 km 12. Archeological site None within 10 km 13. State boundary None within 10 km 14. Defense installations None within 10 km 15. Average Rainfall 502 mm 16. Siesmicity III

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 23 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-1 Map showing General Location of the factory site

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 24 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-2 Specific Location and Project Boundaries Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 25 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-3 Layout Map

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 26 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-4 Toposheet Map (Survey of India) Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 27 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 28 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-5 Site photographs

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 29 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Size or magnitude of operation The configuration of the industry after the proposed expansion will be as under

Table 2-3 Size or Magnitude of project Sr. Particulars Status No. Agro-based manufacturing industry 1. Product Type (Sugar, Cogeneration power plant and Distillery) 2. Project Type Expansion 3. Schedule 5(g), 5(j) 4. Project Category A Direct employment – 950 Nos [Existing 650 (Skilled 400 & unskilled 250) + Proposed 300 (Skilled 200 & Manpower 5. unskilled 100)] requirment Indirect employment-15000 indirect employment opportunities through sugar and allied industries, transportation, schooling etc.

Sr. % of Description Area in Sq. m No. Area Existing 34803.0 1 Built Up 43677.00 9.15 Proposed 8874.0 6. Area Statement 2 Area under utilities 85295.00 17.86 3 Area under road 39983.00 8.37 4 Green Belt Area 170000.00 35.59 5 Parking Area 71120.00 14.89 vacant Area 67525.00 14.14 Total Plot Area 477600.00 100.00

Existing Capacity Sr. Proposed Description Unit As As Total Remark no. Capacity per per CTO EC 9000* 1. Sugarcane crushing TCD 12000 6000 18000 None capapcity 2. Co-generation Power MW 30* 70 0 70 None Production 7. 3. Distillery Unit details Only one Rectified Spirit or product at a Extra Neutral KLPD 160* 160 0 160 a time (No Alcohol Change proposed) For Ethanol b KLPD 0 0 140 140 Ethanol Blending Programme

Existing Rs. 419.3013 Crores + Proposed expansion cost Rs. 125 Crores. 8. Project cost Total- Rs. 544.3013 Crores 9. EMP Cost Capital cost Rs.1100 Lakhs, Recurring cost: Rs. 165 Lakhs per annum 10. Power Unit Existing Proposed Total Source

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 30 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. Particulars Status No. Requirement (MW) (MW) (MW) (MW/Hr) Sugar Unit 14 7 21 Own Co-gen power plant 3 MW TG Set connected Distillery Unit 1.21 1.04 2.25 to Incinerator boiler Total 15.21 7.04 23.25

Quantity Description Remarks (MT/D) Water Sugar 210 MT/D, 11. Domestic use 275 Requirement Distillery-65 MT/D) Sugar and Co-generation Power Plant 0 Distillery Unit 869 Total 1144

Proposed schedule for approval and implementation The expansion project shall be implemented after the receipt of the Environment Clearance, “Consent to Operate” from the SPCB

The completion period of the proposed project is as tabulated below. Table 2-4 Schedule for approval and implementation Sr. Description Time Period Cost in % No Obtaining all statutory permission with 1. respect to factory inclusive of processing 6 Months 20% fees, plot development fees etc 2. Design and Engineering Plan 4 Months 10% 3. Factory Set Up 10 Months 60% 4. Testing and commissioning 2 Months 5% 5. Actual Start of the work 2 Months 5% The project activities shall be complted within 2 years after the receipt of the Environment Clearance.

Technology and process description Baramati Agro Limited intends to expand its sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD, and molasses based distillery capacity from 160 KLPD to multifeed (B-heavy Molasses, sugarcane juice, grains) to 300 KLPD distillery and Cogeneration capacity of 70 MW shall remain the same.

2.6.1. Sugar manufacturing process The peculiarities of manufacturing process are as follows: This is a simple three step process namely Cane milling, Evaporation and Crystallization. The standard flow-sheet as will be adopted can be given in figure below. Most of the sugar factories in India follow double sulphitation process and produce plantation white sugar. The major unit operations are shown in figure these are 1. Milling and juice extraction

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 31 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2. Juice Clarification 3. Liming and Sulphitation 4. Clarification 5. Evaporation 6. Pan boiling 7. Centrifugation 8. Drying and Grading 9. Packing and storage Milling and juice extraction:

In the milling process, the first mill extracts 50-70% of the total juice contained in the prepared cane, the remaining offering resistance to removal from fiber by simple compression in rollers.With a view to extracting the remaining juice it is imperative to resort to 'imbibitions' which consists in spraying diluted juice or water on the bagasse emerging after each mill in themilling tandem. Imbibition water temperature is in the range of 75 to 80° C.

Juice clarification:

Juice received from the mills termed as raw-juice or mixed juice is turbid in appearance and contains besides suspended impurities of cane origin like fine bagacillo, a number of impurities either in dissolved state or in colloidal condition. The impurities in dispersed and suspended state include soil and fine particles of bagasse extracted during milling.Some Hazardous Are entering the Production So We control the Hazardous through Good GMP Practices.

Liming & Sulphitation:

In Preliming condition, if the juice is first neutralized with lime and then heated heavy incrustation takes place in the juice heaters thus reducing the heat transfer. In simultaneous liming & sulphitation, on adding Milk of Lime SO2 gas is passed simultaneously and resultant PH 7.0 is maintained.

Clarification:

Settling aids: These chemicals are with very high molecular weights (7 to 10 million), which on dissolving in water give highly viscous solution and are added as very dilute solutions. A dilute solution of the settling aid is fed continuously to the treated juice on its way to the settler after the juice has been heated. It is desirable to feed the solution near the point of entry into the subside/clarifier, the dose varying from 2 to 3 ppm. And particles of precipitate with resultant formation of large aggregates which settle rapidly. Flocculent which is used Magnofloc LT-27

Evaporation:

The general task of the evaporation station is to increase the dry substance content of the clarified juice from approx. 14 -16 % to a dry substance content of approx. 60 -66 % in the syrup by water evaporation. The steam given to the 1st effect that is heated with de-superheated exhaust steam from the turbines. The vapour produced in the first body is being utilized as the heating media in the second body. The vapour produced in the second body is used as the heating media in the third body and so on.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 32 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Pan Boiling:

After concentration of the juice in multiple effect evaporators the subsequent process is to turn the thick juice (syrup) into crystal form. This is done in vacuum pan which is either batch or continuous type pan.Grain size and grains should be of right number and of uniform size free from false grain and conglomerates. The number and size of grains maximum crystal surface for sugar adsorption from the mother liquor.

Centrifugation:

Main function of centrifugal station is separation of sugar crystal from mother liquor (molasses). The concept of separating mother liquor from sugar crystal by applying much, greater force than gravity called as centrifugal force was used. This operation is called as purging or curing.

Drying & Grading:

The white sugar then passes over the magnets to remove ferrous particles and thesugar conveyed throughmulti tray gross hoppers.Wheremost of themoisture is removed and the sugar send through elevator in the grader. InGrader different grades ( M , S,S1,S2& L) of sugar are separated.

Packaging & Storage:

After grading this sugar is storing in sugar silo. Sugar passes over magnet, is weighted and packed in HDPE bags in 50 Kg and Stacked inWare House.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 33 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-6 Manufacturing process flow chart-Sugar

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 34 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2.6.2. Distillery manufacturing process The manufacturing process of Rectified Spirit & Extra eutral Alcohol is based on the modern technology of Continuous Fermentation & Multipressure VacuumDistillation.

• Themolasses fromsugar factory is used as rawmaterial. • Themolasses is diluted and transferred into fermenters. • The propagated yeast is added into the fermenter for fermentation to happen. • The fermented wash is then taken for distillation.

The distillation process is carried out in 7 distillation columns with multi-pressure distillation techniques. The Rectified Spirit is the initial product obtained. It is diluted with soft water and further distilled to remove any organic impurities & refined to obtain best quality Extra NeutralAlcohol.

• The site also has a molecular sieve dehydration plant for manufacturing of AnhydrousAlcohol fromRectified Spirit. • The company explicit on excellent quality of ENA as per the requirement of vendors and exporters. • Hydrous and Anhydrous Ethanol is marketed in both Domestic and International markets. The manufacturing process based on different raw materials (B” Heavy Molasses, C” Molasses, Cane Juice/Syrup, and Grains) is discussed in detail in the following sections

Based on “C” heavy molasses/”B” heavy molasses as a raw material This is a simple three-step process namely molasses preparation, fermentation, and distillation. The standard flow sheet as will be adopted can be given as

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 35 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-7 Process flow sheet for the distillery unit

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 36 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-8 Fermentation flow Sheet

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 37 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Alcohol production process: Molasses is the chief raw material used for the production of alcohol. Molasses contains about 40% to 50% of fermentable sugars. During the fermentation, yeast strains to the species Saccharomyces Cerevisiae, a living microorganism belonging to class fungi converts sugar present in the molasses such as sucrose, glucose into alcohol. Chemically this transformation for sucrose to alcohol can be approximated by the equation:

I) C12H22O11 + H2O = 2C6H12O6 Cane Sugar Glucose

II) C6H12O6 = 2C2H5OH + 2CO2 180 = 2x46 + 2x44

Glucose Ethyl Alcohol Carbon dioxide

The 180 gm of sugars on reaction gives 92 gm of alcohol. Therefore, 1 tonne of sugar gives 511 kgs of alcohol. The sp. gravity of alcohol is 0.7934, therefore, 511 kg of alcohol is equivalent to 511/0.7934 = 644 liters of Alcohol. During fermentation other by-products like glycerin, succinine acid, etc. are also formed from sugars. Therefore, actually, 94.5% of total fermentable sugars are available for alcohol, under ideal condition theoretically. Normally only 80 to 82% efficiencies are realized on the plant. One tonne of molasses containing 45% fermentable sugars given alcoholic yield 255 - 265 liters per tonne of molasses.

For bringing out above biochemical reaction, we require proper and careful handling of yeast, optimum parameters like pH and temperature control and substrate concentration, which results in the effective conversion of sugars to alcohol. For the manufacture of yeast, separate equipment known, as pure yeast culture apparatus is required. Initially, yeast is developed in the laboratory from a single cell yeast culture. In the laboratory, yeast is propagated in a test tube 10ml. Then it is transferred to a bigger flask of 500 ml flask, and transferred to a 5-liter flask containing the sterilized molasses solution. It is necessary to adjust the pH of the molasses solution in the range. Each stage of development of yeast propagation, namely 100 liters, 500 liters, and 5000 liters. All these equipments are designed so as to facilitate boiling molasses solution in order to sterilize it and also cooing to bring it to the proper temperature of 33oC and letting in culture and taking out culture. Boiling, cooling introducing the culture, etc is done in an aseptic manner, i.e. keeping the fermentation medium free from any kind of infection. Further, stages of yeast propagation are done in open tanks i.e. pre-fermenter requires about 8 hours in order to build up the necessary concentration of yeast in them. Finally, pre-fermenter is emptied in an empty fermenter, which is previously cleaned and kept ready. Dilute molasses solution is allowed to flow in this fermenter so as to fill it to its working capacity, say about one lakh liter.

The average efficiency of conversion of sugars in molasses to alcohol is 80 to 85% of theoretical value. All the sugars are not converted to alcohol during the process of fermentation because chemicals like glycerin; succinine acid, etc. are also produced by yeast during their metabolic process. Therefore, it is not possible to have 100% efficiency of conversion of sugars to alcohol. The average yield of alcohol from molasses is about 250 liters from 1 MT of molasses.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 38 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Recently, attractive developments have taken place in the field of fermentation and distillation whereby one can get a high yield of 270 to 285 liters per tonne of molasses.

Fermentation section: HIFERM-GR fermentation technology uses Granulating Yeast, which settles under gravity. The section- wise description is as below:

Molasses free from suspended particles is transferred to molasses receiving taken and is weighed. Weighed molasses is distributed to cell mass propagation, fermentation and yeast activation section. GR yeast is grown in the laboratory during plant startup. Yeast propagation section comprises of molasses diluter and hygienically engineered yeast vessels equipped with heating, cooling, and air sparging facility.

Dilute molasses media is prepared in yeast vessel by re-circulation of media through molasses diluter. Laboratory propagated cell mass is scaled up in a series of yeast vessels. Air is sparged in pasteurized and cooled dilute molasses medium for optimum growth of GR yeast. The Temperature is maintained at 32oC by re-circulating cooling water through the jacket of yeast vessels. Cell mass from Yeast's vessel is transferred to yeast activation vessel to built up cell mass required for fermentation (during startup only) by cell mass transfer pump.

At a steady stage, activated cell mass from yeast activation vessel is transferred continuously to fermenter-I. Molasses, process water, and vinasse recycle stream from distillation are added to the fermenter. Fermented wash from Fermenter-I overflows continuously to fermenter-II & then to a yeast settling tank.

As ethanol fermentation is an exothermic process, the optimum temperature required for yeast activity is maintained by forced re-circulation through fermenter wash coolers. Efficient mixers are provided in both fermenters.

Fermented wash from Fermenter-II is sent to yeast setting tank for separation of yeast under gravity. Vinasse stream from distillation is recycled to fermenter depending on solids concentration in the fermented wash and molasses composition.

GR yeast having granulation property, settles in yeast settling tank under gravity, while fermented wash overflows to wash holding tank. Settled yeast is transferred at rated flow to yeast activation vessel with screw pump.

In yeast activation vessel, molasses, process water, nutrients, and additive are added for activation of recycled cell mass. Filtered air is sparged as required for re-activation of cell membranes and other cell components.

The mixer is provided for better mass transfer in yeast activation vessel. Activated cell mass is transferred to fermenter-I to maintain desired cell mass concentration in the fermenter.

Carbon dioxide generated in fermentation is entrained with alcohol vapors. Alcohol from Carbon dioxide is scrubbed with water in the gas scrubber. The scrubber water is transferred to wash charger. Fermented wash from wash charger is fed to Analyzer column.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 39 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Distillation: The next stage in the manufacture of alcohol is to separate alcohol from the fermented wash and to concentrate it to 95% alcohol called a rectified spirit. For this purpose, the method of distillation is employed. The distillation columns consist of a number of SIEVE plates where the wash is boiled and alcoholic vapors are separated and concentrated on each plate stage by stage.

Integrated distillation and evaporation section Technology offered (multi-Pressure)

This technology is based on heat recovery principle. The system comprises of 3 columns operating at different pressures and is designed to produce Rectified Spirit.

The columns in order of flow are as follows:

1. Analyzer cum Degasifying Column (operating under vacuum) 2. Aldehyde Column (operating under Vacuum) 3. Rectifier cum Exhaust Column (Operative under Pressure) Fermented wash from the clarified wash tank is pumped to the fermented wash pre-heater and preheated to about 68-70oC by circulating hot spent wash on another side. Incoming spent wash temperature is 80 - 82oC and after exchanging heat with fermented wash outlet temp of spent wash remains at 35-40oC. This hot fermented wash is then fed at the top of degasifying column.

Analyzer column cum Degasifying Column:

Analyzer column strips the fermented wash before discharging the rest of the material as a spent wash. Metered flow of fermented wash is feed to the top of the analyzer column. Vapors of Rectifier column provide energy to Analyzer column through an evaporator. Rectifier top vapors are condensed on the shell side of the evaporator and spent wash is getting re-circulated on the tube side. Vapors generated from the re-boiler are used in the analyzer column now consist of approximately 50% alcohol and 50% water with impurities such as higher alcohols, aldehydes, acids, sulphur dioxide, etc.

Spent wash from the analyzer column bottom is sent for treatment to the Effluent Treatment Plant. The level in the column bottom is controlled to ensure proper distillation and correct concentration of the spent wash. The vapor draws from the top of the Analyzer is condensed in the fourth stage of the evaporator system and pumped to Rectifier column for concentration. Analyzer column is operating under vacuum. Using a water ring vacuum pump creates a vacuum and the vacuum in the column is maintained by a manual valve, which bleeds extra air in the system.

Aldehyde Column

Aldehyde column is principally used for removal of low boiling impurities. Vapors from degasifying column are fed to Aldehyde column. The vapors coming out of the top of the Aldehyde column are fed to the condenser-I where they are partially condensed by passing cooling water on the tube side. Balance alcohol vapors are condensed in the condenser-II. Water is used for the Condensation. From aldehyde column top Technical Alcohol cut of 2% of the total plant, capacity is taken out. Aldehyde column works under vacuum.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 40 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Rectifier Cum Exhaust Column

Analyzer column top vapors condensed in the fourth stage of the evaporator and fed to the rectified column for further concentration. Rectifier column designed in sieve trays construction and operates under pressure for obtaining desired strength of alcohol. Condensing steam provides heat to Rectifier column.

Fusel Oil draws are taken from Rectifier column and are sent to fusel oil decanter. The fusel oil stream is diluted with water for separation of fusel oils. The aqueous layer sends back to Rectifier column and fusel oil are sent to storage.

Technical Alcohol cut of 3% of total plant capacity is taken out from top of Rectifier Column. Rectified Spirit of 95% v/v concentration is drawn from one of the upper trays of Rectifier Column and sent to storage after cooling.

Manufacture of Ethanol: Absolute alcohol is an important product used for blending with petrol. As per IS Specification, it is 100% water-free alcohol. Rectified spirit is 94.68% (v/v) ethyl alcohol, and the rest is water. It is not possible to remove water from rectified spirit by straight distillation as ethyl alcohol forms a constant boiling mixture with water at this concentration and is known as an azeotrope. Therefore, a special process for the removal of water is required to manufacture Absolute Alcohol.

In order to extract water, it is necessary to use some dehydrant or entrainer, which is capable of separating water. Simple dehydrant is unslacked lime. Industrial alcohol is taken in a Reactor and quick lime is added and the mixture is kept overnight for complete reaction. It is then distilled in the fractionating column to separate Absolute Alcohol. Water is retained by quick lime. This process is used for small- scale production of absolute alcohol by a batch process.

The various processes used for dehydration of alcohol are as follows.

I) Azeotropic Distillation. II) Molecular Sieves. III) Pervaporation / Vapor permeation system.

The chemistry behind this with controlling equations can be presented as

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 41 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Controlling Equations:

• C12H22O11 + H2O 2C6H12O6 Sucrose + Water Reducing Sugar

342 + 18 360

1 + 0.05263 1.05263

• C6H22O6 2C2H5OH + 2CO2

Reducing Sugar Ethyl Alcohol + Carbon Dioxide

180 92 + 88

1 0.5111 + 0.4889

1.05263 0.53978 + 0.51462

Thus,

Table 2-5 Mass Balance of ethanol production Sr. No Input Output Alcohol 1. 1 kg Reducing Sugar 0.511 kg by Equation 2. 463.68 kg Reducing Sugar 298.23 Lit. by Equation 3. 463.68 kg Reducing Sugar 259.46 Lit. Actually (87% ) The process of manufacture of extra neutral alcohol Conventionally, Extra Neutral Alcohol is manufactured from Rectified Spirit. The impurities in the Rectified Spirit are reduced to a considerable extent by properly diluting and redistilling the spirit. The impurities like aldehydes, acids, esters, higher alcohols are minimized by controlled condition and tapping impurities at appropriate points during distillation.

The main stages in the manufacture of Extra Neutral Alcohol are as under.

1. Dilution of Rectified Spirit with filtered soft water in the ratio 1:3 to 1:4. 2. The diluted spirit is treated with potassium permanganate. 3. Separation of low boiling impurities in purifying column. 4. Separation of esters and other volatile impurities in rectifying column and concentration of alcohol. 5. Removal of excess water in exhaust column. 6. The concentration of fusel oil & their removal in the fusel oil concentration column. 7. The concentration of low boiling impurities & their removal in the heads concentration column.

The material of construction used for the entire distillation column and condensers is deoxidized, red copper. Copper has special properties to react with some impurities and prevent their distillation with a top product.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 42 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

The distillation columns requiring steam for heating are provided with re-boilers so that direct mixing of steam is avoided. In some cases, direct steam is also employed by sparging the steam in the bottom section. It depends upon the quality of steam as regards its odor.

For dilution of alcohol soft water is used in order to take special care regarding the quality of the final product. A small quantity of potassium permanganate and sodium hydroxide are added to the mixture. The whole mixture is properly stirred and left to stand for 3 to 4 hours. The diluted and treated Rectified Spirit is pumped to the overhead tank from where it is fed through a rotameter to the purifying column.

The distillation set up can work with indirect steam heating employing a re-boiler system for a three- column system or five-column system.

In the system employing re-boiler and three column system, the hydrated rectified spirit is fed to the purification column where most of the low boiling components are removed as the top product. The bottom of the purification column is heated indirectly by steam through a thermosyphon re-boiler. From the bottom of the exhaust column spent lees is removed which preheat alcohol-water mixture in a plate type heat exchanger before being discharged. The vapors from the exhaust column rise to the top of the rectification column, which is condensed and refluxed. Extra Neutral Alcohol is drawn near the top of the rectification column (3 to 4 trays below top). The ENA is cooled in a cooler and taken to storage. Fusel oil is drawn near the bottom of the rectification column, decanted, cooled and sent to storage.

In another modification of the above system an additional refining column and heated indirectly through a thermosyphon reboiler. Extra Neutral Alcohol is removed from two to three plates above the refining column. In this system, the quality of ENA obtained is of high grade.

In the five-column system apart from purification, rectifying and exhaust columns two additional columns are employed. The fusel oil concentration column is heated directly with steam and fusel oil is tapped near the middle of the column. Fusel oil is separated and the alcohol containing water mixture is fed back to the column. The low boiling impurities from the purifying and rectification column are collected and after proper dilution with water are fed to the heads concentration column for final separation of Impure Spirit. The advantage of five columns is the reduction in percentage cut of Impure Spirit to 5 percent as compared to 25 percent cut in three column system. The quality of spirit produced in the five-column system will be also superior to spirit produced in the three-column system as it achieves better separation of impurities. However, the requirement of steam in five columns system is higher than the three-column system.

The design of the re-distillation plant is made in such a way that the Extra Neutral Alcohol Quality and the production do not get disturbed due to the varying quality of rectified spirit. The plant may be preferably in copper. As the plant deals with rectified spirit, there is no risk of corrosion and the quality of spirit produced will be superior.

In the proposed project, EQENA will be produced directly from the wash. The concentrated vapors from the rectification/ exhaust column will be fed directly to the EQENA section of multi-pressure distillation columns. The EQENA-distillation columns will work on multi-pressure principle so that maximum heat economy can be achieved with improved quality of EQENA.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 43 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Alcohol production based on sugarcane juice as raw material • Sugarcane is directly taken as per the availability of the cane area, which is being transported through trucks, or bullock carts, which is then weighed for records and then cut into specified sizes. • These sizes are treated with lukewarm water treatment so as to give maximum outputs with lower contamination. • The cane is further crushed in the mill in three phases in order to extract more juice percentage say about 95%. This juice is carried to the storage tank for further process. Before taking the juice into fermentation house a specific study of mass balance and chemical composition is studied. Few chemicals (activators) & nutrition are added to the juice to activate the juice and prepare for fermentation. • The unwanted suspended material is then separated. The juice is then taken to the fermentation house for fermentation. Here it is kept in the fermentation process. By adding microorganisms‟ culture as per availability, the fermented juice is prepared for the further process. The water content in the fermentation column is reduced and thus the juice is prepared for distillation. • The distillation column converts the juice by reducing the water content of it for getting rectified spirit /specially denatured spirit. • First rectified spirit/special denatured spirit which is 94.68% alcohol, and rest is water is produced in the distillation column. In order to get Ethanol, which has to be nearly 100% pure and water free alcohol, further steps to remove the 6% of water is taken. It is not possible to remove remaining water from rectified spirit /specially denatured spirit by straight distillation as ethyl alcohol forms a constant boiling mixture with water at this concentration and is known as Azeotrope. Therefore, a special process for the removal of water is required for the manufacture of absolute alcohol. • In order to extract water from alcohol, it is necessary to use some dehydrate or restrainer, which is capable of separating, water from alcohol.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 44 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sugarcane Juice

Yeast culturing and propagation

Sludge Fermenter Yeast

Yeast Sludge Separator Sludge

Analyzer Column Anaerobic Digestion Spent wash MEE Water Incinerator boiler

RS Column Fusel Oil

Rectified Spirit for EA

Molecular Sieve Column

RS Storage Anhydrous Ethanol

Ethanol Storage

Figure 2-9 Process flow sheet of distillation based on sugarcane juice as a raw material

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 45 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Alcohol production based on Grains as raw material During the fermentation, yeast strains of the species Saccharomyces Cerevisiae, a living microorganism belonging to class fungi converts sugar (Glucose, Fructose, Sucrose, Maltose or Maltotrioes) present in the molasses or sugar cane juice to alcohol. However, Saccharomyces Cerevisiae cannot use starch as such. To produce alcohol from starch-containing raw materials such as grains or cassava etc. by fermentation, the starch has to first hydrolyze to glucose. Industrially, this conversion is accomplished by the cooking of starch slurry and use of enzymes to breakdown the polymers of glucose (Amylose and Amylopectin), Transformation of starch to glucose consists of Gelatinization (Cooking), Liquefaction and Saccharification. Chemically this transformation to alcohol can be approximated by the equation:

The overall transformation takes place into two steps:

n(C H O ) + n(H O) 6 10 5 2 Amylase / Gluco-amylase n(C6H12O6) 1) n (162) + n (18) n (180)

Starch + Water Glucose Saccharomyces cerevisiae C6H12O6 C2H5OH + 2CO2 2) 180 gm 92 gm 88 gm

As per the above reaction, 162 gm of starch produces 180 gm of glucose. Therefore, 1 MT of starch gives 1111.11 gm of glucose. 180 gm. of glucose on reaction gives 92 gm. of alcohol. Therefore, 1 MT of sugar gives 511.1 kgs of alcohol. The specific gravity of alcohol is 0.7934, therefore, 511.1 kg. of alcohol is equivalent to 511.1/0.7934 = 644.19 liters of Alcohol. During fermentation, other by-products like glycerin, succinic acids, etc also are formed from sugars. Therefore, actually, 94.5% of total fermentable sugars are available for alcohol conversion. Thus, one MT of sugar will give only 644 x 0.945 = 608.6 liters of alcohol, under ideal conditions theoretically. Similarly, one MT of pure starch should give 715.0 liters of alcohol under ideal conditions, theoretically (at 100 % efficiency and 100 % ethanol). Corn or sorghum contains about 62.0 % starch on a dry weight basis. Therefore, one MT of corn or sorghum can yield about 410 liters of Rectified Spirit.

For bringing out above biochemical reaction, we require proper and careful handling of yeast, control of optimum parameters like pH and temperature and substrate concentration and enzyme dose, which results into the effective conversion of starch to sugars and then to alcohol.

For propagation, yeast is developed in the laboratory from the pure yeast culture slant. In the first step, yeast is propagated in a test tube. Then it is transferred to a 500ml conical flask and propagated for 12 hrs. This is further transferred to 5 liters flask containing the sterilized medium. The pH of the medium is adjusted in the range of 4.5 and nutrients such as ammonium sulphate or urea, di-ammonium phosphate, etc. are added. Each stage of development of yeast from test tube to 500ml and 500ml to 5 liters requires 24 hours.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 46 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

On the plant, there are again 3 stages of propagation namely 100 liters, 500 liters and 5000 liters of culture vessels. All these vessels are designed so as to facilitate boiling medium in order to sterilize it and also cool to bring it to the proper temperature of 32 0C. Further stages of yeast propagation are done in tanks. i.e. Pre-fermenters, which requires about 8 hours in order to build up the necessary concentration of yeast cell mass. Finally, pre-fermenter is transferred in the fermenter. Simultaneously grain slurry is transferred to the fermenter.

Now a day, readymade active dry yeast is used directly in the pre-fermenters. Good quality of active dry yeast is available for use in the distillery. The yeast is manufactured under strictly controlled conditions. This yeast is useful to obtain a good yield of alcohol by fermentation

Grain-based distillery plant process details Raw material: Mostly Broken Rice, Maize, Millet, and Sorghum or mixed grains are being used as raw material in the distillery units. Following tables are indicating the starch percentage & alcohol yield from various grains.

Table 2-6 Grain starch percentage and alcohol yields Fermentable carbohydrate Alcohol yield (Lits. of Sr. No. Grain (Starch %) alcohol/MT) 1 Rice 62-67 380-418 2 Sorghum 62-65 380-410 3 Wheat 62-65 380-410 4 Maize 62-65 380-410 5 Malt 58-59 389-395 Table 2-7 Composition of various grains Moisture Starch (% Proteins Fats (% Crude Fiber Ash (% Other Solids (% Grain (% w/w) w/w) (% w/w) w/w) (% w/w) w/w) w/w) Rice 8-10 65-70 7-8 1-1.2 0.8-1 0.8-1 8.8-9 Wheat 8-12 59-63 11-13 1-2 2-3 1.5-2.5 7-10 Corn 8-12 60-64 9-12 3.5-6 1.5-2 1-2.5 7-10 Sorghum 9-10 65-70 7-8 3-3.5 2.3-2.5 1.5-1.6 1.5-1.7 Millet 8-10 65-70 10-11 4-4.2 0.8-1 3-3.3 1.8-2 Barley 7.5-8 60-63 7-9 2.5-3.5 9-10 1.5-2.5 6-8 Starch hydrolysis: Starch can be hydrolyzed to fermentable sugar (Glucose) by enzymatic hydrolysis. Following two enzymes are commonly used for starch hydrolysis in the grain-based distillery. 1) Alpha Amylase/Exo-amylase -Amylose is a polymer of 500 -1500 glucose units joined by ∞ 1-4 linkage in linear form approximately 15 – 20 % of total starch.

2) Glucoamylase /Endoamylase/Amyloglucosidase - Amylopectin has branched polymer of glucose; joined by 1-4 ∞ linkage in linear form section and cross-linkage by 1-6 ∞ linkage. A molecule of amylopectin consists typically 500 – 40,000 unit glucose units approximately 80-85% of total starch.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 47 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 2-8 Enzymes and its optimum pH and temperature Enzyme Optimum pH range Optimum temperature Alpha amylase 5.5-6.0 88-90 Glucoamylase 4.5-4.8 55-60 Process Description: The incoming grains (corn or sorghum or rice) are inspected upon receipt. Inspection is carried out to determine the starch content, bushel weight, moisture content, mold infestation, and general appearance. The accepted quality corn grain is unloaded into silos for storage before milling. The stored grain is weighed to determine the incoming quantity.

Grain Handling & Milling:-

• Grain Unloading: Involves receiving hopper with magnetic grill and bucket elevator. • Grain Storage: Storage silos with feeding arrangement and sweep auger and chain conveyor for discharge. • Grain cleaning: Involves pre-cleaner (vibratory screen) separating oversize and undersize impurities, Destoner for removing stones and magnetic drum separator for removing iron particles. • Grain Milling: Involves rotary feeder for controlled feed, hammer mill to achieve desired particle size and capacity. Hammermill discharge arrangement with a screw conveyor, rotary screen for coarse separation. • Flour handling Involves mechanical or pneumatic conveying, screw conveyor, bucket elevator, rotary valves with roots blowers. • Flour Storage: Flour storage silo is provided with bin activator for a smooth discharge. Silo is provided with level switches high and low and load cells for weighing/automation. • Flour weighing and batching: Weight controller and totalizer for automation and to know the flour consumption. Unique equipment called Pre-masher is used for a metered feed of flour and water to get uniform slurry for liquefaction.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 48 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-10 Flour weighing and batching Grains are stored in the silos from there it is conveyed through screw conveyor to bucket elevator. Bucket elevator lifts the grains to approximately 18m height and then passes the grains through vibrating screen, de-stoner and magnetic separator to remove dust and stones, the flow through this equipment are under gravity.

The cleaned grains are then again conveyed by bucket elevator to an intermediate hopper, which is provided with a rotary airlock system for controlled flow in a hammer mill. In hammer mill the particle size is reduced (Size 400-700µ) as per required for the process. The size distribution test or "sieve analysis" of the flour is done regularly in order to ascertain the mill setting and particle size distribution. From hammer mill, the flour is pneumatically conveyed to flour bin (Intermediate storage for flour). From flour bin, the flour is carried to pre-masher for slurry preparation.

In pre-masher, flour & required quantity of water are transferred by conveyor. Uniform grain slurry is made and transferred to another low shear tank (slurry tank) for proper mixing. In slurry tank required pH of 6.0-6.2 is maintained by using lime if required and temperature as 550C to 600C. An enzyme called α- amylase is added here in small (20- 25%) dose before the cooking process starts.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 49 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 2-11 Slurry preparation Cooking: The grain slurry is pumped from mixing tank (Slurry tank) to Jet Cooker (Hydro Heater) through open impeller centrifugal pump. In jet, cooker steam is applied at 3.5 kg/cm2 pressure to cook the starch slurry to break down the chemical structure of starch in the presence of enzymes. The temperature of grain slurry at the outlet of the jet cooker is maintained between 115 to 1200C, after cooking the grain slurry is passed through the retention vessel to provide desired retention time at a given flow rate to convert starch into dextrin. In this step slurry, pressure & viscosity reduces. The slurry which is hot is transferred into the flash tank to reduce the temperature of the slurry to 90- 950C before sending to final liquefaction tank. Flash tank is attached to flash condensers where vapors are condensed and condensate is sent to slurry.

Figure 2-12 Cooking

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 50 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 2-9 Characteristics of starch in cereal grain Cereal Grain Gelatinization Temp.0C Shape Granule size (µm) Elliptical 20-25 Barley 51-60 Spherical 2-6 Lenticular 25-35 Wheat 58-64 Round 2-10 Corn 62-72 Round/Polyhedral 15 Rice 68-78 Polygonal 3-8 Sorghum 68-78 Round 15 Oats 53-59 Polyhedral 3-10 Rye 57-78 Round/ Lenticular 28 Liquefaction: Grain slurry is transferred to final liquefaction tank from flash tank where remaining 75 to 80% of enzymes of α-amylase is added which convert starch to dextrin and 1-4 α-glycosidase linkages are hydrolyzed into amylose and amylopectin. Enzymatic activities rapidly break-down the starch molecules to soluble dextrins and oligosaccharides. To have a good conversion of starch to dextrin retention time should be about 1 hr.

Saccharification: From the liquefaction chamber, the mash is pumped through a heat exchanger to be cooled for simultaneous saccharification. Simultaneous saccharification is the formation of fermentable glucose and the process is carried out in fermenters with the fermentation process. The breakdown of dextrin‟s formed during liquefaction takes place with the help of a second enzyme, Amyloglucosidase. The pH is required to be adjusted in the range of 4.0 to 5.0 and the optimum temperature for the Amylo- glucosidase enzyme is about 30-350C. The quantity of glucose produced is monitored by measuring the Dextrose Equivalent (DE) of the mash.

Figure 2-13 Liquefaction and Saccharification Fermentation: Fermenters are cylindrical & vertical with conical top & flat sloping bottom. Fermenters are equipped with side entry agitators.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 51 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Final liquefied slurry from final liquefaction tank is pumped into the fermenter and is diluted to appropriate sugar concentration with process water. During the fermentation process, saccharification progresses further and releases glucose required by yeast. Fermentation is initiated by inoculating with required quantity of yeast. The assimilable nitrogen is added in the medium in the form of urea and di-ammonium phosphate. The temperature in the fermenter is maintained at 32 C with the help of external wide gap plate heat exchanger (PHE). The fermented mash is re-circulated continuously through the PHE. Recirculation also helps in the proper mixing of fermented mash. The rate of fermentation reaction gradually increases and after about 55 to 65 hours fermentation completes. At the end of fermentation, the alcohol concentration in the mash is 10.0 to % (v/v). This section will have six fermenters of capacity given 70 hours retention time. After completion of fermentation, the mash is transferred to mash holding tank.

The CO2 which is liberated during fermentation is scrubbed in water, in CO2 scrubber. This CO2 contains alcohol, which is recovered by collecting CO2 scrubber water into a mash holding tank. If required, CO2 can be collected, washed, purified and compressed in cylinders to be sold in consumption for beverages production. However, in the present report, this aspect is not considered Table 2-10 Pre-fermentation & Fermentation parameters Final Set up Setup Sp. Final Specific Final Tank Initial pH Temp 0C pH R.S. Gr. Gravity Alcohol Per- Fermenter 4.5 4.0 32-33 4.5% 1.045 1.025 1-1.5% Fermenter 4.5 3.8 32-33 12% 1.050 1.000 10-12%

Figure 2-14 Grain to ethanol process flow diagram

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 52 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

DISTILLATION TECHNOLOGY: After fermentation, the next stage in the manufacture of alcohol is to separate alcohol from the fermented wash and to concentrate it to 95% (v/v) alcohol called a Rectified spirit. For this purpose, the method of distillation is employed.

It’s a physical process various compounds of a mixture get separated by virtue of their differences in boiling points.

The distillation columns consist of a number of bubble cap /Rh grid plates where the wash is boiled and alcoholic vapors are separated and concentrated on each plate stage by stage.

MULTIPRESSURE DISTILLATION: Vacuum distillation is defined as that in which the operating pressure in the system is either less than atmospheric pressure or more than atmospheric pressure. Vacuum is nothing but sub-atmospheric pressure (negative gauge pressure).

Fermented wash to rectified spirit & ENA: Multi-pressure distillation system for production of Rectified spirit & ENA consists of distillation columns namely-

For –Rectified Spirit mode

1. Degasifying cum analyzer column 2. Rectification column 3. Fusel Oil Concentration column

Extractive Distillation column For –ENA mode

1. Degasifying cum analyzer column 2. Pre-rectifier column 3. Extractive Distillation column 4. Rectification column 5. Refining /Simmering column 6. Fusel Oil Concentration column 7. Head Concentration column

The distillation system is designed for the production of potable alcohol. The distillation system comprises seven columns namely Analyzer/Degasifying column, Pre- rectifier column, Extraction column, Second Rectifier column & Refining column. The Fusel Oil column, Head Concentration column is used for concentrating & removal of Fusel Oil & impurities. After separation of impurities, the recovered alcohol is recycled back to the pre rectifier column system.

STILLAGE PROCESSING: The stillage from the distillation section is then passed through decanter where cake and thin stillage are separated. The recovered thin stillage from a decanter is concentrated in the evaporator till 38% concentration. The evaporator uses heat from distillation column for the desired final concentration of stillage. The product from the evaporator is mixed with cake recovered from the decanter. The mixture is

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 53 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020 sent to the dryer and the dried product is used as cattle feed. Part of the thin stillage [approximately 40% to 50%] is recycled to the process.

CO2 Recovery Plant

Fermentation gas is high concentration CO2 gas discharged from fermentation system of alcohol, brewery, sugar refinery etc. Generally, fermentation gas contains 90 - 99 % CO2& impurities of alcohol, aldehydes, methane, hydrogen, nitrogen, vapour etc., including small amount of NO and oil. The system desorbs alcohol, aldehydes, oil & NO by using methods of washing &hydro dissection and desorbs impurities of water, methane, hydrogen and nitrogen with methods of drying, chilling, heat transferring and rectification in rectifying tower, storing clean CO2 in tanks for use. Production Process

• Raw gas from fermenter is fed in to the system from where the gas is taken in foam trap where the foam is removed • With the help of booster blower, the gas is pushed in to the chain/series of scrubbing systems that comprises of pre water scrubber, Kmno4 scrubber with dosing facilities

• In this chain of scrubbers, the CO2 gas is washed properly using water • After this, the raw gas gets buffered in a vessel

• From there, it moves towards two stage CO2 compressor where the gas is compressed up to a desired pressure • Raw gas goes to the dual tower activated carbon filter for removal of odor

• The raw gas is then enter into the high pressure pre-cooler and from there to dual tower CO2 dryer • It also passes through liquefaction system and nox removal tower • Finally, the liquid goes directly to the storage tank where the gas stores for a particular period of time

Resource requirement for the project The basic resources required for the proposed project will be raw material, water, land, equipment’s & machinery, fuel, steam, power, manpower, capital cost. The details of the same are given below.

2.7.1. Land Details Details of existing and proposed land utilization pattern within the project site is given in table below

Table 2-11 Existing and proposed Land utilization details within the project site Sr. % of Description Area in Sq. m No. Area Existing 34803.0 1 Built Up 43677.00 9.15 Proposed 8874.0 2 Area under utilities 85295.00 17.86 3 Area under road 39983.00 8.37 4 Green Belt Area 170000.00 35.59 5 Parking Area 71120.00 14.89 vacant Area 67525.00 14.14 Total Plot Area 477600.00 100.00

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 54 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2.7.2. Capital Investment The existing capital investment is Rs. 419.3013 Crores and additional Rs. 125 Crores will be required for the proposed expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD, and distillery expansion from existing 160 KLPD (molasses based) to 300 KLPD (Multi-feed based) distillery. Therefore total capital imvestment of the project will be Rs. 544.3013 Cr.

2.7.3. Man Power Requirement During construction phase 50 skilled and 100 un-skilled labours will be required. Local labours will be engaged during construction phase. The total number of existing manpower is 650 numbers, additionally; the industry will require 300 personnel after the proposed expansion. Indirectly few people will be employed as casual labourer’s, and there is also potential for other business opportunities such as hired vehicles for the transportation of the raw materials, products and by-products contractors, sugar cane cultivation, harvesting and transportation etc.

2.7.4. Raw material availability and its source The details of the raw material requirement for sugar and distillery unit and its source are given in table below. The sugarcane is transported in bullock cart, Tractors etc and other chemicals are transported to the site through designated veicles by Pakka Roads. The other raw materials like bagasse and Molasses are produced from its own sugar unit. Incase shortage of molasses, if any shall be purched from nearby sugar industries. Grains shall be purchased from farmers and transported to the site in designaed vehicles.

The sugar unit is currently operated at 9000 TCD capacity and as such raw material consumption is mentioned.

Table 2-12 Raw material requirement and its source for sugar unit Quantity Sr. Item Existing as Existing as Unit Source No. Proposed Total per CTO per EC 1 Sugar Cane 9000* 12000 6000 18000 MT/day Farmers Consumable Chemicals 1 Sulfur 5000* 6666 3333 9999 Kg/Day 2 Lime 13500* 18000 9000 27000 Kg/Day Open Market 3 Ortho phosphoric Acid 630* 840 420 1260 Kg/Day Utilities Total Steam 1 150 220* 160 310 TPH Own Boilers Requirement 2 Fuel Bagasse 1498 3130* 1600 3098 MT/Day Sugar unit 3 Water 0 0 0 0 MT/D Own Co- 4 Power 10.50* 14 7 21 MW generation power plant 5 Manpower 650* 650 300 950 Nos Local Remarks: * Existing raw material consumption as per Consent to Operate of sugar unit

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 55 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 2-13 Raw material requirement and its source for distillery unit Total Qty Quantity Sr. required Item Unit Remarks/Source No Existing Proposed (Exi + Pro ) 160 KLPD 140 KLPD 300 KLPD B Heavy molasses Distillery unit will run for 150 1 a 500 437 937 MT/day OR days(During off season) on B heavy molasses available from 1 b C Molasses 615 540 1155 MT/day our existing unit Distillery unit will be run for 2 Sugar cane 2133 1867 4000 MT/day 180 days(During crushing season) on sugar cane Grain based Distillery unit will Grain (Broken rice, 3 0 350 350 MT/day run only during shortage of Maize) sugar cane Consumable Chemicals Sodium Meta bi- 1 80 70 150 Kg/Day sulphate Stored in Fermentation house 2 De-foam agent 160 140 300 Kg/Day Source: Market Mumbai, Pune Nutrients 3 136 119 255 Kg/Day Aurangabad (Fertilizers DAP) 4 Enzymes 45 35 80 Kg/Day Utilities At present industry has 1*32 TPH incinerator boiler and 1* Total requirement 1 22 10 32 TPH 10 TPH Boiler, which are of steam adequate for the proposed expansion Fuel Concentrated 2 135 147 282 MT/day Spent wash

3 Fuel Biogas 32000 0 32000 m3/day Feed to sugar boiler

4 Fuel Coal 40 45 85 MT/day Source:- 1) Khadkwasla canal & Ujani dam 5 Water Fresh water -For season 1337 MT/Day m3/day 2) During sugar season balance sugar CPU condensate is recycling to Distillery Source own 70 MW 6 Power 1.21 1.04 2.25 MW Cogeneration Unit & 3 MW

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 56 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Total Qty Quantity Sr. required Item Unit Remarks/Source No Existing Proposed (Exi + Pro ) 160 KLPD 140 KLPD 300 KLPD generation from incineration boiler steam 7 Man power 75 30 105 No. Local 2.7.5. Machinery and Equipment The major machineries and equipment’s required for the project are given below

Table 2-14 List of major machinery and equipments

Sr. No. Name 1. Molasses Storage 2. Cane yard 3. Coal Yard 4. Cooling towers 5. Fermentation Section 6. Distillation Section 7. Steam Boiler with Accessories 8. Steam condensers 9. Air compressor 10 Storage section (Daily Receiver Section, Bulk Storage tanks) 11. Centrifugal Machines 12. Multiple Effect Evaporation Section 13. Raw water treatment plant 14. R.O./DM Plant for boiler water 15. Fire protection equipment’s for entire plant 16. Weigh bridge 17. Water storage tanks 18. Electricals 18. Piping works 19. Lab equipment’s 20. Biogas plant a. Biodigester b. Degasifying Pond c. Lamella Clarifier d. Gas Holder e. Gas Flare Equipment f. Pump Motors & agitators g. Transmitters h. Cooling Tower 21. ATFD unit a. Cyclone b. Blower c. Dryer Balance Tank d. Lime Dosing Tank

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 57 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. No. Name e. Pump, Motors, drive & agitators f. Control Valves & transmitters g. PLC(Pre Logic Controller) system h. Air compressor i. Weighing & bagging machine j. Cooling Tower 22. DCS/PLC System 2.7.6. Water requirement Industrial Purpose:

The water is sourced from Khadakwasal Canal and Ujani Dam, and is 2 kms away from the factory site.

The detailed water budget is given in below tables.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 58 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sugar and cogeneration division Table 2-15 Water Budget -Sugar and Co-generation Power Plant Sr. Water Requirement Consumption/Losses Details Reuse / Recovery (MT/D) Waste Generation (MT/D) No. (MT/D) (MT/D) E P T E P T E P T E P T Domestic Purpose 1 Domestic 210 0 210 50 0 50 0 0 0 160 0 160 Industrial Purpose 1 Boilers 40TPH 960 0 960 96 0 96 844 0 844 20 0 20 110 TPH 2640 0 2640 264 0 264 2321 0 2321 55 0 55

110 TPH 0 2640 2640 0 264 264 0 2321 2321 0 55 55 50 TPH 0 1200 1200 0 120 120 0 1056 1056 0 24 24 2 DM Plant 460* 490* 950* 435 463 898 0 0 0 25 27 52 3 Process water 320 320 640 50 50 100 0 0 0 270 270 540 Washing of 4 60 60 120 0 0 0 0 0 0 60 60 120 equipment Air compressors & 5 80 80 160 10 10 20 70 70 140 0 0 0 pumps 6 Cooling 900 500 1400 540 300 840 315 178 493 45 22 67 All the condenser water shall be treated in CPU of capacity 3800 7 Condenser Water 0 0 0 0 0 0 1800 1800 3600 MT/D and recycled as process water 8 Spraypond 0 0 0 900* 900* 1800* 0 0 0 900* 900* 1800* Total 4960 4800 9760 1395 1207 2602 5350 5425 10775 475 458 933 Where, E – Existing 9000 TCD P – Proposed Expansion of 9000 TCD T - Total 18000 TCD Net Water saving would be:

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 59 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020 i) Industrial Purpose: 9760 – 10775 = -1015 MT/D Due to excess condensate available from Sugar unit, there shall not be any water requirement for sugar unit. Fresh water requirement for domestic purpose shall be 210 MT/D. Excess amount 1015 MT/D is saved, which shall be used for gardening, irrigation and in distillery operation etc. ii) Domestic Purpose: At present water requirement is 210 MT/D, no additional water requirement after the proposed expansion. Effluent Generation: i. Industrial - 933 MT/D out of which sugar effluent- 660 MT/D, and co-generation power plant effluent:-273 MT/D ii. Domestic –160 MT/D Spraypond Overflow 1800 MT/D shall be treated in Sugar ETP after sedimentation as primary treatment

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 60 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Distillery division Based on “C”Molasses + B” Heavy Molasses as raw material Water consumption details

Water input in MT/D Sr. Purpose Existing 160 Proposed 140 Total 300 No. KLPD KLPD KLPD 1 Process 1374 494 1868 2 Washings 20 0 20 3 Boiler makeup 45 14 59 4 Cooling tower makeup 664 234 898 5 Domestic 65 0 65 Total 2168 742 2910 Water recovery from ZLD System = 1478 MT/D + 700 MT/D from Sugar CPU = 2178 MT/D

Net Water requirement=2910 MT/D –2178 MT/D = 732 MT/D

Therefore net water requirement of the distillery is 2.44 KL / KL of Alcohol produced.

Details of waste water generation

Effluent in MT/D Sr. Purpose Existing 160 Proposed 140 Total 300 No. KLPD KLPD KLPD Spent wash 1136 444 1580 1 Process Spent lees 201 87 288 2 Boiler blow down 9 3 12 3 Cooling tower blow down 22 09 31 4 Domestic 52 0 52 Total 1420 543 1963

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 61 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Expected characteristics of the wastewater and mode of treatment and disposal

High Effluent Sr. Sober Moderate Purpose Strength generated Treatment scheme No. (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) Treated in reboiler followed by biomethanation followed by Concentration (120 MT/D) followed by 60 KLPD 0 0 570 570 Composting. Condensates (450 MT/D) shall be treated in CPU and recycled back to process or utilities 1 Process The raw spent wash is Concentrated in MEE (270 MT/D) and burnt in Incineration boiler. Condensates 240 KLPD 0 0 1010 1010 740 MT/D) shall be treated in CPU and recycled back to process or utilities Spent lees 0 288 0 288 To CPU and recycled back to process or utilities 2 Boiler blow down 12 0 0 14 To CPU and use for tree plantation 3 Cooling tower blow down 31 0 0 91 To CPU and use for tree plantation 4 Domestic 52 0 0 52 To ETP and use for tree plantation 5 Condensates from MEE 0 1190* 0 1190* To CPU and recycled back to process or utilities Total 95 288 1580 1963

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 62 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Based on B” Heavy Molasses as raw material Water consumption details

Water input in MT/D Sr. Purpose Existing 160 Proposed 140 Total 300 No. KLPD KLPD KLPD 1 Process 858 742 1600 2 Washings 20 0 20 3 Boiler makeup 45 14 59 4 Cooling tower makeup 664 234 898 5 Domestic 65 0 65 Total 1652 990 2642 Water recovery from ZLD System = 1404 MT/D + 700 MT/D from sugar unit = 2104 MT/D

Net Water requirement= 2642 MT/D – 2104 MT/D = 538 MT/D

Therefore net water requirement of the distillery is 1.79 KL / KL of Alcohol produced.

Details of waste water generation

Effluent in MT/D Sr. Purpose Existing 160 Proposed 140 Total 300 No. KLPD KLPD KLPD Spent wash 958 444 1402 1 Process Spent lees 201 87 288 2 Boiler blow down 9 3 12 3 Cooling tower blow down 22 9 31 4 Domestic 52 0 52 Total 1242 543 1785

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 63 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Expected characteristics of the wastewater and mode of treatment and disposal

High Effluent Sr. Sober Moderate Purpose Strength generated Treatment scheme No. (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) Treated in reboiler followed by biomethanation followed by Concentration (120 MT/D) followed by 60 KLPD 0 0 570 570 Composting. Condensates (450 MT/D) shall be treated in CPU and recycled back to process or utilities 1 Process The raw spent wash is Concentrated in MEE (166 MT/D) and burnt in Incineration boiler. Condensates 240 KLPD 0 0 832 832 (666 MT/D) shall be treated in CPU and recycled back to process or utilities Spent lees 0 288 0 288 To CPU and recycled back to process or utilities 2 Boiler blow down 12 0 0 12 To CPU and use for tree plantation 3 Cooling tower blow down 31 0 0 31 To CPU and use for tree plantation 4 Domestic 52 0 0 52 To ETP and use for tree plantation 5 Condensates from MEE 0 1116* 0 1116* To CPU and recycled back to process or utilities Total 95 288 1402 1785

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 64 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Based on Sugarcane juice as raw material Water consumption details

Water input in MT/D Sr. Purpose Existing 160 Proposed 140 Total 300 No. KLPD KLPD KLPD 1 Process 771 674 1445 2 Washings 20 0 20 3 Boiler makeup 45 14 59 4 Cooling tower makeup 664 234 898 5 Domestic 65 0 65 Total 1565 922 2487 Water recovery from ZLD System = 1798 MT/D

Net Water requirement= 2487 MT/D – 1798 MT/D = 869 MT/D

Therefore net water requirement of the distillery is 2.30 KL / KL of Alcohol produced.

Details of waste water generation

Effluent in MT/D Sr. Purpose Existing 160 Proposed 140 Total 300 No. KLPD KLPD KLPD Spent wash 908 839 1747 1 Process Spent lees 201 87 288 2 Boiler blow down 9 3 12 3 Cooling tower blow down 22 9 31 4 Domestic 52 0 52 Total 1192 938 2130

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 65 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Expected characteristics of the wastewater and mode of treatment and disposal

High Effluent Sr. Sober Moderate Purpose Strength generated Treatment scheme No. (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) Treated in reboiler followed by biomethanation followed by Concentration (120 MT/D) followed by 60 KLPD 0 0 570 570 Composting. Condensates (450 MT/D) shall be treated in CPU and recycled back to process or utilities 1 Process The raw spent wash is Concentrated in MEE (117 MT/D) and burnt in Incineration boiler. Condensates 240 KLPD 0 0 1177 1177 (1060 MT/D) shall be treated in CPU and recycled back to process or utilities Spent lees 0 288 0 288 To CPU and recycled back to process or utilities 2 Boiler blow down 12 0 0 12 To CPU and use for tree plantation 3 Cooling tower blow down 31 0 0 31 To CPU and use for tree plantation 4 Domestic 52 0 0 52 To ETP and use for tree plantation 5 Condensates from MEE 0 1510* 0 1510* To CPU and recycled back to process or utilities Total 95 288 1747 2130

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 66 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Based on Grains as raw material (140 KLPD Distillery) Water consumption details

Water input in MT/D Sr. Purpose Proposed 140 KLPD No. (Grain Based) 1 Process 698 2 Washings 20 3 Boiler makeup 14 4 Cooling tower makeup 234 5 Domestic 0 Total 966 Water recovery from ZLD System = 740 MT/D Net Water requirement=966 MT/D – 740 MT/D = 266 MT/D

Therefore net water requirement of the distillery is 1.61 KL / KL of Alcohol produced.

Details of waste water generation

Effluent in MT/D Sr. Purpose Proposed 140 KLPD No. (Grain Based) 1 Process Spent wash 840 2 Boiler blow down 3 3 Cooling tower blow down 9 4 Domestic 0 Total 852

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 67 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Expected characteristics of the wastewater and mode of treatment and disposal

High Effluent Sr. Sober Moderate Purpose Strength generated Treatment scheme No. (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) (MT/D) The raw spent wash is Concentrated in MEE and 140 KLPD DWGS (100 MT/D) and used as Cattle feed. 1 Process 0 0 840 840 (Grains) Condensates (740MT/D) shall be treated in CPU and recycled back to process or utilities 2 Boiler blow down 3 0 0 3 To CPU and use for tree plantation 3 Cooling tower blow down 9 0 0 9 To CPU and use for tree plantation 4 Domestic 0 0 0 0 To ETP and use for tree plantation 5 Condensates from MEE 0 740* 0 740* To CPU and recycled back to process or utilities Total 12 0 840 852

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 68 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Water Requirement and wastewater generation of the factory Table 2-16 Water requirement and wastewater generation of each unit Sr. Wastewater generation Water Requirement MT/D No. MT/D 1. Sugar Division

Zero water requirement for sugar division Sugar unit effluent 660 except Domestic water requirement of 210. Co-generation power plant Water Saved – 1015 MT/D (due to excess 237 effluent condensate from sugarcane juice) Domestic 160 2. Distillery Division Based on “C” Molasses + B Heavy Molasses

A. Concentrated spentwash 390 732 Treated W/W Recycled 1478 OR Based on “B” Heavy Molasses

B. Concentrated spentwash 286 538 Treated W/W Recycled 1404 OR Based on “Sugarcane Juice/Syrup”

C. Concentrated spentwash 237 869 Treated W/W Recycled 1798 OR Based on “Grains” (140 KLPD)

D. Concentrated Spentwash 100 266 (DGWS) Treated W/W Recycled 740 2.7.7. Power and steam requirement At present, the power requirement is 15.21 MW. Additional 7.04 MW of power will be required after the proposed expansion. Thus the total power requirement after the proposed expansion will be 23.25 MW. The details of which are given in tabe below

Table 2-17 Power requirement Existing Proposed Total Unit Source (MW) (MW) (MW) Sugar Unit 14 7 21 Own Co-gen power plant 3 MW TG Set connected Distillery Unit 1.21 1.04 2.25 to Incinerator boiler Total 15.21 7.04 23.25

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 69 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sugar and Co-generation Unit: At present 1*40 TPH and 1*110 TPH boilers are working. After the proposed expansion additional boiler of 1*110 TPH @110 kg/cm2 and 5400C and 1*50 TPH @110 kg/cm2 and 5400C shall be installed. For the additional boiler 40 MW turbo-generators set @ 105 kg/cm2 and 535 0C shall be installed in order to meet power and steam requirement of the sugar and co-generation power plant. Excess electricity produced will be supplied to the state electricity grid. Distillery unit: At present, 1*10 TPH boiler and 1* 32 TPH incinerator boiler are working, which are adequate for the proposed expansion from 160 KLPD to 300 KLPD 2.7.8. Fuel requirement The details of the fuel requirement and its source are given n table below

Sr. Boiler details Fuel Quantiy Source No Existing Sugar Unit 1 1*110 TPH Bagasse 1080 MT/Day Own sugar unit 2 1*40 TPH Bagasse 418 MT/Day Own sugar unit 3 DG Set HSD Distillery unit Biogas: 32000 m3/Day Anaerobic digester from distillery 1*10 TPH Biogas + Bagasse Bagasse: 48 MT/Day Own sugar unit 1* 32 TPH Concentrated CSW: 270 MT/Day Distillery Spentwash Incinerator boiler Spentwash + Coal Coal: 85 MT/Day Open market DG Set (500 KVA) HSD Proposed Sugar Unit 1 1*110 TPH Bagasse 1080 MT/Day Own sugar unit 2 1*50 TPH Bagasse 520 MT/Day Own sugar unit Distillery Unit No additional boiler shall be installed for the proposed expansion. Pollution source & control measures The pollution creating aspects for the proposed project will be wastewater generation, air emissions, noise generation and solid/ hazardous waste generation, storage and handling of chemicals/ raw material/ product. The source of pollution and its mitigation measures are given below in subsequent section.

2.8.1. Wastewater generation and its treatment technology Sugar and Co-generation power plant The details of quantiy of effluent generated from sugar and co-generation power plant, its treatment scheme and disposal arrangement are given in table below

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 70 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 2-18 Details of effluent generation, treatment scheme and disposal arrangement for sugar unit and co-generation power plant Sr. Quantity Description Treatment technology and disposal No. MT/D Sugar factory trade Treated in Sugar ETP based on primary and secondary 1 660 effluent treatment and disposed on land for irrigation Co-generation Power Treated along with sugar factory effluent based on primary 2 237 plant effluent and secondary treatment and disposed on land for irrigation Treated in condensate polishing unit based on primary, 3 Excess Condensates 3600 secondary and tertiary treatment ad reused as process water or utilities 4 Domestic effluent 160 Treated in STP and disposed on land for gardening Distillery unit The effluent streams are separated into strong stream (Spentwash) and weak stream (Spentlees, Utilities process condensates etc). The spentwash generated due to existing 60 KLPD distillery (570 MT/D) shall be treated based on biomethanation followed by concentration to 120 MT/D followed by bio-composting. The condensates 450 MT/D shall be treated in distillery CPU and recycled back to process and utilities. The effluent generated from 240 KLPD distillery shall be treated based on Concentration and Incinearation. The details of quantity of effluent generated its treatment scheme and disposal arrangements for each raw material are given in table below Table 2-19 Details of effluent generation, treatment scheme and disposal arrangement for distillery Sr. Raw Material Concentrated Spentwash To CPU No. C Molasses for 60 KLPD 120 MT/D to Composting and 1 and B Heavy molasses for 1478 270 MT/D to Incinerator boiler 240 KLPD B” Heavy Molasses 120 MT/D to Composting and 2 1404 166 MT/D to Incinerator boiler Sugarcane Juice/ Syrup 120 MT/D to Composting and 3 1798 117 MT/D to Incinerator boiler Used as fuel in Incinerator boiler Treated in CPU based on alomg with coal. The incinerator primary,secondary and tertiary Treatment Scheme boiler ash shall be sold as potash treatment and reused as process rich manure to farmers water or for utilities 4 Grains as raw material 100 740 Treated in CPU based on primary,secondary and tertiary Treatment Scheme Used as cattle feed treatment and reused as process water or for utilities

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 71 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2.8.2. Air Environment: Bagasse, Biogas, Concentrated spentwash and coal is used as a fuel for boilers. The same practice shall be continued even after the proposed expansion. The details of which like fuel used, stack height and APC Equipment etc for existing as well as proposed scenario is given in table below

Table 2-20 Details of boilers and its APC equipment for existing as well as proposed Sr. Height in APC Stack Attached to Type of Fuel No. meters Equipment Existing 1 1*110 TPH boiler Bagasse 65 ESP 2 1*40 TPH Boiler Bagasse 49 ESP 3 1*10 TPH Biogas + bagasse 40 Wet scrubber Concentrated spentwash + 4 1*32 TPH Incinerator boiler 70 ESP Coal / Bagasse Acostic 5 DG Set (500 KVA) HSD 6 enclosure Proposed 1 1*110 TPH + 1*50 TPH Bagasse 75 ESP Boiler 2 DG Set HSD 6 2.8.3. Noise pollution and its control The noise levels will be primarily generated due to Boiler, Diesel Generator, Turbine Generator, Milling, Fermentation and Distillation section. Noise may be generated from loading unloading, motors, vehicular movement, etc. It will be ensured that general noise levels within plant will remain below 75 dB (A). Closed room will be provided for all the utilities so as to attenuate the noise pollution. Acoustic enclosure will be provided to D.G sets. Acoustic enclosure will also be provided to the TG. set. Also, greenbelt will be developed around the periphery of the plant to reduce noise levels.

At the locations of turbines, compressors, fans etc., the sound intensity generally exceeds the limit. Necessary measures proposed to reduce the sound intensity are;

• The workers engaged in such locations are provided with ear muffs. • Inbuilt design of mechanical equipment viz., silencers, dampers, suitable foundations for the equipment • Vegetation (tree plantation) along the periphery and at various vacant locations within the industry premises.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 72 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2.8.4. Solid and hazardous waste generation: Non Hazardous solid wastes details Table 2-21 Details of non-hazardous waste generated and its disposal Sr. Description of Quantity Mode of collection and UOM No. waste Existing Proposed Total disposal Suagr and cogeneration unit 1 Fly/ Boiler ash 18.73 20 38.73 MT/D Sell to brick manufacturers After drying, it will be sold 2 ETP Sludge 150 150 300 MT/A for brick kiln Mixed with concentrated 3 Pressmud 360 360 720 MT/D spentwash as filler material and treated in composting Distillery unit Sold as potash rich manure to Incineration boiler 1 26 28 54 MT/D farmers after mixing with ash pressmud 2 Fly/ Boiler ash 0.6 -- 0.6 MT/D Sell to brick manufacturers 3 Yeast Sludge a C Molasses 15 0 15 b B Heavy Molasses 13 11 24 After drying, it will be sold MT/D c Cane Juice 0 5 5 for brick kiln d Grains 0 10 10 Other solid waste 1 Canteen waste 1.5 1.0 2.5 MT/D Composting Hazardous wastes: Table 2-22 Details of hazardous waste generated and and its disposal Description of Sr. No. Category Quantity Mode of Collection and Disposal waste Shall be collected in Leak Proof Containers and 1. 5.1 Used Oil 2.0 KL/A utilized as lubricant for bullock carts Conclusion Chapter II describes the size, magnitude and basic requirements of the project. Environmental impacts due to proposed expansion project activities have been identified. From the project description it is clear that major impacts are anticipated from wastewater, solid waste generation and air emissions. To predict the environmental impact of the project, baseline studies have been conducted in the month of October 2020 to December 2020. Baseline study reveals that the existing environmental condition in the proposed project area help to understand extent of existing pollution and thereafter the impact of the proposed activities from the prediction or through the air modelling.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 73 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT Introduction Baseline data collection is very important part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study; it helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an Environment Management Plan (EMP) considering the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for future improvements for sustainable development. The baseline environmental study also helps to identify the critical environmental attributes, which are required to be monitored after implementation of the project. This chapter contains the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with respect to climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse, places of archaeological importance etc. 3.1.1. Study area The study area is considered within 10 km radius of the project site at post Shetphalgade, Tehsil - Indapur, District - Pune, Maharashtra State. Study area map (toposheet view of the study area) of proposed project is shown in Figure 2.4 3.1.2. Study period Baseline monitoring study and surveys of the study area has been carried out in the month from October 2020 to December 2020.

Methodology The guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEF & CC and methodologies mentioned in Technical EIA Guidelines Manual for Sugar and Distilleries by IL& FS Ecosmart Ltd., approved by MoEF&CC is followed for conducting the baseline environmental survey. For the present study, all the sampling locations are marked with the help of topographical maps. The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite imagery, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth information. The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during Season (October 2020 to December 2020).Meteorological station was established at the factory site to collect the primary data and Meteorological data of IMD station at Pune, Maharashtra has been used as secondary data. Samples of air, water and soil from the site and study area have been collected and analyzed as Base line data. While generating the baseline data, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The impact zone selection is based on preliminary screening and modeling studies. The methodologies for various environmental facets are as follows:

Ambient Air Quality: The guidelines for selections of ambient air monitoring stations are fixed as per IS– 5182 part 14.

Water Quality: To assess the water quality of the proposed area, sampling was done as per the standard practice. Grab and integrated sampling was done for ground and surface water. Water samples were taken

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 74 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020 as per the Standard Methods (IS & APHA, 23nd Edition 2017). Necessary precautions were taken for preservation and transportation of samples. The physical parameters viz. pH, temperature and conductivity were measured at site using portable water analyzer. The D.O was fixed at the site and analysis was carried out at the Laboratory.

Ambient Noise Quality: At each station noise level was monitored for 24-hours. Simultaneously for each measurement, dB (A) readings were taken for every 15 minutes for 24 hrs ones in a season to get Leq. values.

Soil Quality: For soil, augur method was used and samples were collected at 30cm depth after removing the upper crust.

Land Use: The landuse/land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite imagery, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth information.

Biological Environment: Primary and secondary data collection has been done by the Ecology and Biodiversity team for the study of flora and fauna in the core and Buffer Zone.

Socio Economic Environment: For demography and socio-economics, block wise data has been collected and used for the assessment of impacts.

Micro-Meteorological Data: Site specific Micro-Meteorological Data has been used for the study. The important parameters considered are temperature, humidity & wind speed.

Land use pattern of the study area The study area is proposed Project site is covered in survey of India Toposheet no. 47J11, 47J12, 47J15 & 47J16 or New toposheet numbers E43I11, E43I12, E43I15 and E43I16 of 1:50,000 scale. The project site is having Latitude 18°16'23.365"N and Longitude 74°40'31.623"E.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 75 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-1 Toposheet map of area covering 10 km radius around project site 3.3.1. Software and Hardware Satellite Data: Landsat 8 cloud free data has been used for Landuse / landcover analysis. Satellite Sensor – OLI_TIRS Path and Row – Path 146, Row 47 Resolutions – Panchromatic 15 m Reflective 30 m Date of Pass: 27th January 2021 A buffer of 10 km is generated using ArcGIS 10.2.1 software from the boundary of the project site. This image is further used to study the landuse/landcover of the project under consideration. Standard image interpretation elements like tone, texture, shape, size, association, shadow and pattern are useful to identify prominent LULC classes. However, a survey visit to the project site is carried out to identify the doubtful areas. Geographical coordinate of these locations were recorded using a Global Positioning System (GPS).

To achieve planimetric accuracy, the remote sensing scene was rectified with respect to SOI maps on 1:50,000 scales. The Ground Control Points (GCP) in the scene such as railroad intersections, corners of water reservoirs, canals etc. were identified on the image as well as on the reference map. Third order model was constructed and finally registration of image was carried out with nearest neighbourhood resampling taking map as reference and one map registration was achieved.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 76 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

ERDAS IMAGINE 9.2 is used primarily to process geospatial raster data that allows preparing, displaying and enhancing digital images. It is possible to see features that would not normally be visible and to locate geo-positions of features that would otherwise be graphical with the help of ERDAS IMAGINE. This software is of particular importance in vegetation analysis or linear feature extraction from the image.

Then the subset of image is taken according to the boundary of the study area. The digital classification technique is used for the extraction of the landuse/ landcover information from the imagery. The satellite data is converted in the standard false colour composite by assigning blue, green and red to green, red and near infra-red band respectively. Image enhancement has been done by the technique called histogram stretching.

Figure 3-2 Google Earth image of area covering 10 km radius around project site.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 77 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-3 Google Earth image of area covering 500 m angular distance around project site. 3.3.2. Landuse Landcover (LULC) Classes The digital classification technique has been used for the extraction of the landuse/landcover information from the imagery. A number of different landuse/landcover classes are identified in the area under study. Table 3.1 shows the information about the extent of landuse / landcover classes in the study area.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 78 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-4 False Colour Composite (FCC) image of the area covering 10 km around project site Satellite data was classified using supervised classification technique. Maximum likelihood algorithm classifier was used for the analysis. The scenes were individually classified and then were integrated to get a composite classified output. After aggregation, the final classified output was converted in raster format. Six landuse/landcover classes are identified in 10 km radius or study area around Project Site. The area under each class, pie chart showing percentage of each class is calculated and given below.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 79 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-5 LULC map of 10 km radius around project site LULC Statistics for Baramati Agro Limited at Shetphalgade, Tal: Indapur, Dist: Pune 1.41% 2.67%

17.42% 28.49% Open Land Scrub Land Agriculture Fallow Land Habitation Waterbody

15.94% 34.07%

Figure 3-6 Pie chart of LULC classes around 10 km radius of Project site

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 80 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-1 Landuse/Landcover areas in km2 around 10 km radius for project site Sr No. LULC Class Area in Ha Area in km2 Percentage 1 Open Land 10132.43 101.32 28.49 2 Scrub Land 5668.49 56.68 15.94 3 Agriculture 12118.70 121.19 34.07 4 Fallow Land 6197.29 61.97 17.42 5 Habitation 502.31 5.02 1.41 6 Waterbody 950.87 9.51 2.67 Total Area 35570.09 346.19 100.00 The study area of 10 km radius from the centre of project site shows six basic land use classes. The study area is located upstream of one of the major irrigation projects of Maharashtra; Ujani dam towards East and minor irrigation project of Shirsuphal dam located towards west boundary of study area. The study area is well irrigated though man made canals and natural streams. The study area is dominated by Agriculture land (34.07%) and Fallow land (17.42%). Presence of fallow land within the study area indicate kharif crop pattern within the study area as the satellite image is procured in the end of January month. Open land (28.49%) which indicate non vegetative cover within the study area is the second most dominant class within the study area. Since there are no dense forest areas present within the study area and patches of reserved forests having pasture land are observed towards Southern periphery of study area, scrub land (15.94%) is classified as the only vegetation cover class within the study area. Presence of village settlements and small towns like Bhigwan within the study area represent habitation class corresponding to 1.41% of total land use. It also covers the Baramati industrial area. Various waterbodies including Shirsuphal reservoir, Ujani backwater, Pondharwadi Talav, Madanwadi talav etc. along with various linear waterbodies like Roti Nala Gaonkhindicha Odha, Kurje Nala, Amir Amla Nala etc. correspond to 2.67% of land cover.

3.3.3. Data Input: The function of data input is to convert the existing data from one into another that can be used in GIS. Georeferenced data are commonly provided as maps, satellite images, and associated attributes.

• Drainage Map: Drainage layer, which was generated after scanning the thematic manuscripts, was edited for line the errors. Two different layers were made separately for line drainage. Drainage order was given to all the drain lines in the layers. Strahler method of ordering was used for giving order to drainage. Whenever two drains of any order joined the order of next drain was increase by one. The study area has an order of fourth. All the water bodies and river with sufficient width were put in polygon layer.

The area shows comparatively flat terrain with very minor undulations. Majority of drainage lines are flowing towards north East. Many seasonal streams such as Kurje Nala, Gaonkhoricha odha, Roti Nala and Amir Amla Nala flow towards east to discharge water into Madanwadi Lake and Ujani dam backwater. Drainage pattern within 10 km radius around project site shows the sub-dendritic type of drainage pattern of third order. Majority of streams flow towards East and merge into Ujani Backwater. Minor seasonal streams initiating from the project site flow towards East.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 81 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-7 Drainage pattern within 10 km radius around project site • Contour Map: Thematic manuscript for contour layer was generated from Digital Elevation Model (DEM). After scanning coverage was generated. Coverage was edited to remove all errors of dangle. Attribute value was given to each contour in the coverage.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 82 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-8 Contour patterns within 10 km radius around Project site Contour map of area covering 10 km radius around project site is prepared using DEM with 5 m interval. The map of 10 km radius around project site shows nearly flat terrain throughout the study area. Minor undulations are observed towards North and East part of study area. Highest point of the area covering 10 km radius around project site is 625 m whereas the lowest point is at 495 m. Highest point is observed towards the Western periphery of study area whereas lowermost elevations are observed towards Eastern boundary near Bhigwan in Yashwant Sagar. The overall slope of the project site is towards South East.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 83 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Hydrology, Geology, Geohydrology and Structure 3.4.1. Hydrology The district has three major drainage systems namely (i) The Bhima-Ghod River System in northern, north-eastern and eastern part of which Bhima River has a total length of about 355 km and Ghod river has a drainage of about 196 km. (ii) Mula-Mutha River System covering the central part and having total length of 242 km in the district. (iii) Nira River system covering south, south-east and eastern part and has total length of about 231 km in the district. The other Important rivers that are flowing through the district are Bhima, Andhra, Karna, Shivganga, Pushpavati, Pauna and Indrayani. All the rivers have most semi- dendritic drainage pattern and the drainage density is quite high. Based on geomorphological setting and drainage pattern the district is divided into 71 watersheds. Hydrological map around the study area showing in Figure below

Figure 3-9 Hydrological map around the study area

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 84 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.4.2. Hydrogeology The entire area of the district is underlain by the basaltic lava flows of Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene age. The shallow alluvial formation of Recent age also occurs as narrow stretch along the major rivers flowing in the area. A map depicting the hydrogeological features is shown in Figure below

Figure 3-10 Hydrogeology of Pune District Hard Rock (Deccan Trap Basalt)

Basaltic lava flows occupy more than 95% of the area of the district. These flows are normally horizontally disposed over a wide stretch and give rise to table land type of topography also known a plateau. These flows occur in layered sequences ranging in thickness from 7 to 45 m and represented by massive unit at the bottom and vesicular unit at the top of the flow. These flows are separated from each other by marker bed known as ‘bole bed’.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 85 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

The water bearing properties of these flows depend upon the intensity of weathering, fracturing and jointing which provides availability of open space within the rock for storage and movement of ground water. The thickness of weathering in the district various widely up to 20 m bgl. However, the weathered and fractured trap occurring in topographic lows forms the potential aquifer in the district.

The ground water in the district occurs under phreatic, semi – confined and confined conditions. Generally, the shallower zones down to the depth of 20 to 22 m bgl form the phreatic aquifer. The water bearing zones occurring between the depth 20 and 40 m bgl when weathered or having shear zones yield water under semi-confined condition. The deep confined aquifers generally occur below the depth of 40 m bgl.

The vesicular unit of lava flow when exposed or lying just few meter below the surface forms a potential aquifer in the district. However, the vesicular portion of different lava flows varies in thickness from few m to 10 m and nature and density of vesicles, their distribution, interconnection, weathering are the decisive factors for occurrence and movement of water in these units. The massive portions of basaltic flows are normally devoid of water, but when it is weathered, fractured and jointed forms potential aquifer. In Deccan Trap Basalt, the yield of the dugwells in different formations ranges from 30 to 150 lpm/day depending upon the local hydrogeological conditions.

Soft Rock (Alluvium) Alluvium occurs in small areas along banks and flood plains of major rivers like Bhima, Ghod, Mula, Mutha and their tributaries. In alluvium the granular detrital material like sand and gravel usually occurring as thin layer in the district yields water. But due to its limited extent the ground water potential in this formation is negligible.

Water Level Scenario

Central Ground Water Board monitors water levels in 43 Ground Water Monitoring wells (GWMW) in the district. These GWMW are measured four times in a year Viz. January (Rabi Season), May (Pre- monsoon), August (Monsoon) and November (Post-Monsoon). (Ref- CGWB).

Groundwater Prospect Map:

National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), ISRO / Dept. of Space, Govt. of India prepared ground water prospects maps (technically Hydro Geo Morphological-HGM maps) on 1:50,000 scale using remote sensing and GIS technology.

The Aquifer within study area is hills and plateaus. Thus the water storage and yield is limited to this zones. Depth range of wells ranging from 30-80 M, whereas aquifer with shallow depth with yield range from 30 – 200 LPM occurs within study area.

Groundwater prospect map around 10 Km. radius study area given in figure below

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 86 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-11 Groundwater prospect map around 10 Km. radius study area.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 87 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Groundwater Categorization

Ground water resources assessment on periodic basis is a part of National water policy. It is carried out jointly by Central Ground Water Board and State Ground Water Departments at regular intervals based on the guideline and recommendations of the Ground water estimation committee 1997(GEC-97). Assessment of ground water resources of the country have been carried out in 2004, 2009 and 2011 as per GEC-97 norms. The assessment involves estimation of dynamic ground water resources in terms of annual replenishable ground water resources (recharge), annual ground water draft (utilization) and the percentage of utilization with respect to recharge (stage of development). The assessment units (blocks/ watersheds/mandals/firkas) are categorized as -

• Over Exploited • Critical • Semi critical • Safe Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) in coordination with the state groundwater agencies (Groundwater Survey and Development Agency, GSDA in Maharashtra) carries out groundwater monitoring and assessment at periodic intervals for groundwater block categorization.

Areas Notified by CGWA/SGWA

As per areas notified by CGWA/SGWA study area fall under ‘Semi-Critical’ category. Figure 8 showing non-notified semi-critical area as per CGWA online portal.

Figure 3-12 showing non-notified semi-critical area as per CGWA online portal.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 88 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.4.3. Topography The landscape of Pune district is distributed triangularly in western Maharashtra at the foothills of the Sahyadri Mountains and is divided into three parts: "Ghatmatha", "Maval" and "Desh".

Pune district forms a part of the tropical monsoon land and therefore shows a significant seasonal variation in temperature as well as rainfall conditions. Climate of the western region of Pune is cool whereas the eastern part is hot and dry.

The river Bhima is the biggest river in the district, originating at Bhimashankar in Ambegaon taluka. Apart from Bhima, Mandawi, Kukdi, Meena, Ghod, Bhima, Bhama, Indrayani, Pavna, Mula, Mutha, Karha and Neera are the other major rivers in the district.

3.4.4. Geomorphology and Soil Types The district forms part of Western Ghat and Deccan Plateau. Physiographically the district can be divided in to three distinct belts i.e. (1). The western belt stretching from 16 to 31 km east of Sahayadri- an extremely rugged country cut by deep valleys, divided and crossed by hill ranges. (2) The central belt extending for about 30 km east of western belt across the tract whose eastern belt is roughly marked by a line drawn from Pabal in the north to south up to Purandhar through Pune. In this belt a series of small hills stretch in to valleys and large spurs from Plateaux and (3) The eastern belt with a rolling topography and low hills sinking slowly in to the plains with relatively broader valleys. Therefore, the physiography of the district has given rise to four major characteristic land forms namely; (1) The hills and Ghats (2) The foot hills (3) the plateau and (4) the plains.

In the study area geomorphological features occurs as Moderately dissected structural lower plateau, Moderately dissected structural upper plateau, Pediment Pediplain complex. The Geomorphological features around the project and study area is given in Figure below.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 89 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-13 Geomorphological features around the study area. 3.4.5. Geology Pune District presents a monotonously uniform, flat-topped skyline. This topography of the District is the outcome of its geological structure. The entire district consists of Basaltic rock formation called as ‘Deccan trap’. Variations in their composition and structure have resulted in massive, well-jointed steel- grey cliff with structural benches of vesicular amygdaloid lava and ash layers, all of which contribute to the pyramidal - shaped hills and crest - level plateaux or mesas. Earth sculpturing under the tropical climate completed the panorama - sharply defining the landform features in the semi-arid conditions, and rounding the hilltops under wetter condition. (Ref. GSDA).

Geological Formation

• Quaternary to Recent : Alluvium • Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene : Deccan Trap Basalt

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 90 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Geology in Study Area

In study area Deccan Trap Basalt deposited in Late Cretaceous to Palaocene Age. Major formation occurs in the study area are – Diveghat, Indrayani and Karla. Figure below Showing geological map around 10 km. radius buffer.

Figure 3-14 Geological formation around the study area Seismic Study:

Seismic Zoning of India: Bureau of Indian Standards [IS-1893 – part – 1: 2002], based on various scientific inputs from a number of agencies including earthquake data supplied by IMD, has grouped the country into four seismic zones viz., Zone-II, -III, -IV and -V. Of these, zone V is rated as the most seismically prone region, while zone II is the least. The Modified Mercalli (MM) intensity, which measures the impact of the earthquakes on the surface of the earth, broadly associated with various zones, is as follows:

Seismic Zone Intensity on MMI scale % of total area

• II (Low intensity zone) VI (or less) 43%

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 91 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• III (Moderate intensity zone) VII 27% • IV (Severe intensity zone) VIII 18% • V (Very severe intensity zone) IX (and above) 12% The study area falls in Zone III, this is moderate intensity zone. (Refer figure below)

Figure 3-15 Seismic Map of study area Air Environment and Meteorology 3.5.1. Meteorological characteristics of the study area The natural setting will include discussions on environmental features like land, air, water, meteorology and man-made settings will include the socio-economic, demographic aspects and also the aesthetics.

Meteorology is dealt first. The climate of the district is characterized by a hot summer and general dryness except during the south-west monsoon. The year can be divided into four seasons. The cold season from December to February is followed by the hot season from March to the first week of June. The south West monsoon season is from the second week of June till the end of September while October and November constitute the post monsoon or retreating monsoon season. Action plan is undertaken for Ambient Air quality Monitoring for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx as per GSR 826 (E).

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 92 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Temperature Seasonal variation in temperature is quite large. From March onwards is a period of continuous increase in day temperatures, the nights remaining comparatively cool. May is the hottest month of the year with the mean daily maximum temperature at 38.9 0C. On individual days temperatures occasionally rise to 43 0C or 44 0C. With the onset of the south-west monsoons there is an appreciable drop in temperatures & the weather becomes pleasant. With the withdrawal of the monsoons day temperatures increases but night temperatures progressively decreases. From about the middle of November both day & night temperatures decreases rapidly. December is the coldest month of the year with the mean daily minimum temperature at 11.7 0C. In association with the passage of western disturbances across north India during winter season, the minimum temperature in the district sometimes drops to 2 or 3 0C.

Humidity The air is generally dry during the months from February to May and particularly so in the afternoons when the humidity is about 20 percent on the average. The relative humidity during south-west monsoon period are between 60 and 80 percent. Thereafter they decrease rapidly. Except during the south-west monsoon season the air generally dry particularly so in the afternoons. Skies are generally clear or lightly clouded during most of the year. During the south-west monsoon season the skies are heavily clouded to overcast. Winds are generally light to moderate in force with some strengthening during the monsoon season.

Cloudiness: During the monsoon season the skies are generally heavily clouded or overcast. During the rest of the year the skies are mostly clear or lightly clouded. However, in the cold season, for brief spells of a day or two, occasionally, passing western disturbances cause cloudy weather. In the latter part of the summer season, especially the afternoons, clouding increases. In the post-monsoon months the cloudiness decreases. In the rest of the year the skies are clear or lightly clouded.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 93 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-16 Windrose diagram for the study area (blowing from) From Figure 3.5 it can be seen that the Average wind speed of the study period is 2 m/s. and the predominant wind direction is from West to East direction. This has been used in selecting the receptors. A maximum number of receptors are in East direction, which is opposite to predominant wind direction.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 94 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.5.2. Pollutant receptor locations Inside the industry, the stack is located at 18°16'14.07"N, 74°40'25.53"E. The receptors are chosen for finding incremental concentrations after expansion of industry, by using AERMOD software as well as for setting Ambient Air Monitoring stations. Receptors are chosen according to their distance and angle with respect to the proposed stack. Total 9 receptors are selected out of which 2 receptors chosen inside the factory premises. As the predominant wind direction is from East-South-East direction, hence maximum receptors are selected from West-North-Wast direction. Receptors are taken within 10 km radius.

Table 3-2 Receptor summary Sr. Symbol Description Latitude Longitude No. 1 A-1 Near Main gate 18°16'14.52"N 74°40'14.64" 2 A-2 Near ETP 18°16'15.23"N 74°40'35.49"E 3 A-3 Near Nimbodi 18°17'23.30"N 74°41'25.26"E 4 A-4 Near Shetphalgade 18°14'51.20"N 74°41'4.73"E 5 A-5 Near Lamjewadi 18°13'56.55"N 74°39'50.85"E 6 A-6 Near Parawadi 18°17'1.80"N 74°38'50.16"E 7 A-7 Near Madanwadi 18°16'49.19"N 74°44'47.79"E 8 A-8 Near Pimpale 18°15'2.00"N 74°42'58.54"E 9 A-9 Near Nandadevi 18°19'29.18"N 74°38'2.34"E

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 95 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-17 10 km. radius study area map indicating Ambient air quality monitoring locations 3.5.3. Methodology for Ambient Air Monitoring Table 3-3 Ambient Air Monitoring methodology Sampling Analytical Sensitivity/ Sampling Equipment Methodology parameter Equipment Detection Limit Respirable Dust Sampler with Gravimetric Method, PM10 cyclonic technique & Flow Electronic balance 10 μg IS: 5182 (Part 23) measurement Fine particulate sampler with CPCB guidelines, PM2.5 Electronic balance 10 μg mass flow controller Volume-1, 2011 Gaseous flow attachment with UV-VIS Colorimetric IS:5182 SO 1.7 μg/m3 2 Respirable Dust Sampler Spectrophotometer (Part 2) Gaseous flow attachment with UV-VIS Colorimetric IS:5182 NOx 0.5 μg/m3 Respirable Dust Sampler Spectrophotometer (Part 6) Non Dispersive Infra Non Dispersive Infra Red CO NDIR Analyser 0.006 mg/m3 Red Spectroscopy IS: Spectroscopy (NDIR) 5182 (Part 10)

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 96 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.5.4. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Table 3-4 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Concentration in Ambient Air Time weighted Pollutant Industrial, Rural Ecologically Sensitive area average and other area ( Notified by Central Government)

3 Annual 50 20 SO2, (μg/m ) 24 Hr. 80 80

3 Annual 40 30 NO2 ,(μg/m ) 24 Hr. 80 80 Annual 60 60 PM10, (μg/m3) 24 Hr. 100 100 Annual 40 40 PM2.5, (μg/m3) 24 Hr. 60 60 8 Hr 02 02 CO (mg/m3) 1 Hr 04 04 3.5.5. Ambient Air Quality within study area Table 3-5 Ambient Air monitoring results Concentration Sr. Description Receptor/ PM PM SO NO CO No. of Receptor Village 10 2.5 2 X µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 Maximum 74.68 54.36 24.51 28.24 1.38 Near Main Minimum 62.85 42.32 9.65 13.87 0.48 1 A -1 gate Average 69.54 49.15 17.47 21.34 0.99 Percentile 98% 74.67 54.02 24.06 28.08 1.35 Maximum 71.54 52.16 17.54 21.79 0.31 Minimum 54.28 22.05 7.54 11.08 0.17 2 A -2 Near ETP Average 65.09 46.46 13.85 17.81 0.25 Percentile 98% 71.54 51.79 17.50 21.74 0.31 Maximum 69.87 52.36 17.89 20.98 0.29 Minimum 49.87 38.26 6.98 9.69 0.11 3 A -3 Near Nimbodi Average 59.40 44.99 11.32 15.17 0.20 Percentile 98% 67.85 51.50 17.27 20.69 0.28 Maximum 64.23 51.23 12.51 16.84 0.24 Near Minimum 44.85 31.45 5.45 9.28 0.08 4 A -4 Shetphalgade Average 56.13 43.17 9.27 13.28 0.16 Percentile 98% 63.45 50.60 12.51 16.52 0.22 Maximum 62.32 49.65 13.45 17.25 0.21 Near Minimum 49.85 37.85 6.98 10.78 0.09 5 A -5 Lamjewadi Average 57.72 44.74 9.59 13.60 0.16 Percentile 98% 62.32 49.22 13.14 17.07 0.21 Maximum 62.54 50.71 12.12 16.45 0.22 6 A -6 Near Parawadi Minimum 49.87 36.48 6.54 10.62 0.11

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 97 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Concentration Sr. Description Receptor/ PM PM SO NO CO No. of Receptor Village 10 2.5 2 X µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 Average 56.56 44.06 9.30 13.42 0.17 Percentile 98% 62.43 50.07 11.85 15.95 0.22 Maximum 62.35 49.87 11.32 15.34 0.21 Near Minimum 43.65 31.32 6.59 10.28 0.08 7 A -7 Madanwadi Average 55.46 42.48 9.01 12.99 0.14 Percentile 98% 61.84 49.16 11.21 15.27 0.20 Maximum 61.98 49.04 11.36 15.32 0.21 Minimum 45.32 32.14 5.12 9.21 0.08 8 A -8 Near Pimpale Average 53.64 40.59 8.14 12.13 0.13 Percentile 98% 61.78 48.85 11.36 15.30 0.20 Maximum 60.14 49.21 10.14 14.07 0.21 Near Minimum 45.36 32.58 5.96 10.07 0.09 9 A-9 Nandadevi Average 52.21 40.21 7.57 11.43 0.15 Percentile 98% 60.01 48.43 9.91 13.69 0.21

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study area in the range of 43.65 to 74.68 μg/ m3. The maximum 98th Percentile concentration is 74.67 μg/ m3 were recorded at near main gate (A-1). The concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100μg/ m3.

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded in the study area in the range of 22.05 to 54.36 μg/m3. The maximum 98th Percentile concentration is 54.02 μg/ m3 were recorded at near main gate (A -1). The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the prescribed limit of 60μg/m3.

3. Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) The Minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 5.12 to 24.51 μg/ m3. Maximum 98th Percentile value of Sulfur dioxide is 24.06 μg/ m3obtained at near main gate (A-1). The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80μg/m3.

4.Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) The Minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile value of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 9.21 to 28.24 μg/ m3. Maximum 98th Percentile value of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) is 28.08 μg/ m3obtained at near main gate (A-1). The concentration of NOx is well below the prescribed limit of 80μg/m3.

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The Minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile value of Carbon Monoxide (CO) in the study area from the monitored data was in the range of 0.08 to 1.38 mg/ m3. Maximum 98th Percentile value of

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 98 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Carbon Monoxide (CO) is 1.35 μg/ m3obtained at near main gate (A-1). The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 4.0 mg/m3.

The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.

3.5.6. Scenario after proposed expansion The sugar complex is having the existing sugarcane crushing capacity of 9000TCD (As per CTO), Cogeneration power plant of 30 MW and distillery capacity of 160 KLPD. The proposed project involves expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD (As per EC)to 8000 to 18000 TCD,and distillery capacity from 160 KLPD to 300 KLPD.

At present bagasse @ 1498 MT/day for sugar unit and 48 MT/day for distillery unit and Concentrated spentwash @ 287 MT/day and coal @ 80 MT/day for distillery is required.

Additional 2 boilers of 1*110 TPH, 1*50 TPH for sugar division will be installed for the proposed expansion and existing 1*110 and 1*40 TPH of sugar and cogeneration unit and 1*32 TPH Incinerator boier and 1*10 TPH boilers of distillery shall be continued.

Air quality predictions are done considering the bagasse or coal as a fuel. The existing fuel requirement and emission rates due to the same are not considered for modeling. The total quantity of fuel used after the proposed expansion shall be 3146 MT/day of bagasse and 282 MT/day concentrated spentwash and 85 MT/day of coal for distillery.

For the proposed expansion bagasse @ 1600 MT/day will be required and Concntrated spentwash @ 147 MT/day and coal @ 45 MT/day will be required. Hence air quality predictions are done considering the fuel quantity of proposed scenario, results of which are indicated in the following tables. Emission data is collected through Source emission monitoring according to IS 11255 (Part-1 to 3 and Part-7). Results of the same as described below. These pollutant emission rates are used in AERMOD software to compute incremental GLCs for these receptors at selected receptors.

The results of which are indicated in the following tables. Emission data is calculated based on fuel characteristics and Source emission monitoring according to IS 11255 (Part-1 to 3 and Part-7). Results of the same are described below. These pollutant emission rates are used as an input to AERMOD software to compute incremental GLCs for all the receptor locations.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 99 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Emission inventory Table 3-6 Stack Inventory Sr. Particulars Description No. 1 Stack attached to Sugar and cogeneration Distillery boiler 2 Capacity 110TPH + 50 TPH 32 TPH (Existing) 3 Fuel type Bagasse CSW + Coal CSW -147 MT/day or 4 Total fuel quantity requirement 1600 MT/Day Coal- 45 MT/day 5 Stack height (m) 75 70 6 Stack diameter (m) 3.2 3.2 7 Flue gas temp.(0C) 130 - 140 170 - 180 8 Flue gas velocity (m/s) 6.5 to 8.0 8.5 to 11.0 9 Controlling equipment ESP ESP 10 Emission rate (g/s) CSW: 16% Ash Content 1.25% Coal: 10% Ash generated 20 MT/day 28 MT/day 5 MT/day (25 % of the 7 MT/day (25 % of the Ash below grate total ash) total ash) 15 MT/day (75 % of the 21 MT/day (75 % of the Remaining Ash total ash) total ash) Ash going to stack, QPM (with ESP 0.15 MT/day (Consider 0.21 MT/day (Consider

removal efficiency of 99%) 99% ESP Efficiency) 99% ESP Efficiency) i. TPM 1.73611 2.43229 ii. SO2 Sulphur content (based on assumed CSW: 0.2% 0.02 % concentrations) Coal: 0.4% Emmision rate (g/s) 7.4074 10.972 based on observed concentrations (g/s) 3.1997 4.1371 iii. NOx

based on observed concentrations 2.9997 3.8786 11 Ambient temperature 270C 12 Final Emission reates for modeling (g/s)

PM10 (45% of QPM) 0.7813 1.0945

PM2.5 (30% of QPM) 0.52083 0.72968

SO2 7.4074 10.972 NOx 2.9997 3.8786

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 100 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.5.7. Stack Height Calculations A common stack shall be provided for 1*110 TPH & 1*50 TPH boilers

1) On the basis of particulate matter emission rate:

Stack height (H) =74*Q0.27

Where, Q is Ash rate in ton per hour and H in meter.

Quantity of ash generated will be 20 MT/day or 0.8333 MT/hr.

H=74*Q0.27

H=74*(0.8333)0.27

H=70.45 meter

Therefore, a stack height of 75 meter with a diameter of 3.2 meter required based on particulate matter emission.

2) On the basis of SO2 emission rate:

Stack height (H) =14*Q0.30

Where, Q is Ash rate in Kg/hr and H in meter

Bagasse as fuel: SO2 emission rate will be 0.64MT/day i.e 26.6667 Kg/hr.

H=14*Q0.30

H=14*(26.6667)0.30

H=37.49 meters

Therefore, a stack height of 40 meter with a diameter of 3.2 meter required based on SO2 emission

NOTE:

From the above calculations the stack height required shall be 70.45 meters based on particulate matter emission rate and 37.49 meter based on SO2 emission rate.

Table 3-7 The proposed boilers specification Sr. Boiler capacity Stack Height Stack Diameter APC Equipment No. (TPH) (meter) (meter) 1 1*110 ESP 75 3.2 2 1*50

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 101 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.5.8. Results of the AERMOD software for air quality predictions for proposed expansion of the factory The proposed project involves expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD (As per EC) to 8000 to 18000 TCD, and distillery capacity from 160 KLPD to 300 KLPD. The AERMOD software was developed by US-EPA and American Meteorological Society (AMS) to compute dispersion of air pollutants in the ambient air due to the various sources. In this study, emissions due to present stack (considering effect due to expansion) are coupled with the subsequent meteorological data by using AERMOD air quality model. Also, dispersion patterns are studied by the output of concentration isopleths plotted by the software. Incremental concentration values for selected receptors are added in the background concentration values.

Background concentration means the arithmetic mean of the results of the ambient air monitoring, performed for the period of three months with twice a week sampling frequency at selected receptors. For this project the period selected as in between October 2020 to December 2020. Incremental concentrations are the air quality modeling predictions, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 software model considering proposed expansion/establishment in sugar complex. After proposed expansion, the bagasse quantity requirement shall be around 768 MT/day for boiler. Addition of background and incremental concentration from both boilers is considered to be Total Concentrations.

3.5.9. PM10 – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion Table 3-8 PM10 - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 Sr. PM10- 24 hour concentration (μg/m3) Receptor/Village No. Background Incremental Total 1 Near Main gate 74.68 0 74.68 2 Near ETP 71.54 0 71.54 3 Near Nimbodi 69.87 0 69.87 4 Near Shetphalgade 64.23 0 64.23 5 Near Lamjewadi 62.35 0 62.35 6 Near Parawadi 62.54 0 62.54 7 Near Madanwadi 62.35 0.031 62.381 8 Near Pimpale 61.98 0.015 61.995 9 Near Nandadevi 60.14 0 60.14

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 102 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.5.10. PM2.5 – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion Table 3-9 PM2.5 - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 Sr. PM2.5- 24 hour concentration (μg/m3) Receptor/Village No. Background Incremental Total 1 Near Main gate 53.61 0 53.61 2 Near ETP 52.16 0 52.16 3 Near Nimbodi 52.36 0 52.36 4 Near Shetphalgade 51.23 0 51.23 5 Near Lamjewadi 49.65 0 49.65 6 Near Parawadi 50.71 0 50.71 7 Near Madanwadi 48.62 0.021 48.641 8 Near Pimpale 49.04 0.01 49.05 9 Near Nandadevi 49.21 0 49.21

3.5.11. SO2 – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion Table 3-10 SO2 - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5

Sr. SO2- 24 hour concentration (μg/m3) Receptor/Village No. Background Incremental Total 1 Near Main gate 24.51 0 24.51 2 Near ETP 17.54 0 17.54 3 Near Nimbodi 17.89 0 17.89 4 Near Shetphalgade 12.51 0 12.51 5 Near Lamjewadi 13.45 0.001 13.451 6 Near Parawadi 12.12 0 12.12 7 Near Madanwadi 11.32 0.306 11.626 8 Near Pimpale 11.36 0.15 11.51 9 Near Nandadevi 10.14 0.001 10.141 3.5.12. NOx – 24 hour concentrations, for proposed expansion Table 3-11 NOx - 24 hr. Concentrations, computed by AERMOD 8.0.5 Sr. NOx- 24 hour concentration (μg/m3) Receptor/Village No. Background Incremental Total 1 Near Main gate 27.89 0 27.89 2 Near ETP 21.79 0 21.79 3 Near Nimbodi 20.98 0 20.98 4 Near Shetphalgade 16.84 0 16.84 5 Near Lamjewadi 17.25 0 17.25 6 Near Parawadi 16.45 0 16.45 7 Near Madanwadi 15.34 0.12 15.46 8 Near Pimpale 15.32 0.059 15.379 9 Near Nandadevi 14.07 0 14.07

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 103 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.5.13. Concentration contours: Isopleths or contours are plotted by software model (AERMOD). The same colour represents the same concentration value range. Under the conditions of this meteorolical scenario, dispersion pattern is obtained, as shown in Figure 3.10 Following dispersion contours (or isopleths) Figure 3.12 to Figure 3.15 are based on the incremental concentrations due to the proposed expansion capacity of sugar complex.

Figure 3-18 Concentration isopleths for PM10 incremental concentrations

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 104 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-19 Concentration isopleths for PM2.5 incremental concentrations

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 105 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-20 Concentration isopleths for SO2 incremental concentrations

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 106 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-21 Concentration isopleths for NOX incremental concentrations

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 107 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.5.14. Conclusions At present there are total four boilers which are working namely 1*110 TPH and 1*40 TPH boilers for sugar unit and 1*32 TPH Incinerator boiler and 1*10 TPH boiler for sistillery unit. At present bagasse @ 1498 MT/day for sugar unit and 48 MT/day for distillery unit and Concentrated spentwash @ 270 MT/day and coal @ 80 MT/day for distillery is required.

Additional 2 boilers of 1*110 TPH, 1*50 TPH for sugar division will be installed for the proposed expansion and existing 1*110 and 1*40 TPH of sugar and cogeneration unit and 1*32 TPH Incinerator boier and 1*10 TPH boilers of distillery shall be continued.

Considered the all boilers working at full load conditions to estimate the GLC of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx due to the proposed expansion of the industry under the prevailing conditions of meteorology and emission data set, air quality modeling is performed for Baramati Agro Limited (Unit -1), Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune . Incremental concentrations are worked out for 9 receptor locations, at which ambient air quality monitoring was carried out. Total concentrations are computed considering background (Ambient Air Monitoring) concentrations and incremental concentrations (AERMOD) due to the proposed expansion. Results are compared with the Ambient Air Quality Standards (AAQS).

From the results, it can say that,

• At the selected 8 receptor locations, surrounded in 10 km radius around Baramati Agro Limited (Unit -1), Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune , GLCs are well within the limits of AAQS. • Under the working conditions of 1*110 TPH, 1*50 TPH and 1*32 TPH incinearator boiler,

PM10GLCs at all the 8 receptor locations are in the range of 60.14 μg/m3to 74.68 μg/m3 which are within the limits of AAQS.

• Similarly, PM2.5 GLCs for those receptors are in the range of 49.05 μg/m3to 53.61 μg/m3 which is within the limits of AAQS.

• For SO2, GLCs are in the range of 10.141 μg/m3 to 24.51 μg/m3which is within the limits of AAQS.

• NOx GLCs are in the range of 14.07 μg/m3to 27.89 μg/m3which is within the limits of AAQS. It can be inferred that there shall not be any adverse effect on Ambient Air Quality due to the proposed expansion

Water Environment 3.6.1. Reconnaissance survey The unit is located at Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra.Majority of the study area (10 km around site) is under agriculture land use. The industry is lifting fresh water from Ujani Dam which is 9 km away from the industry. The permission is already available with the industry from respective authorities.

Ujani Dam and various canals are main source of water for agriculture use. Groundwater is used as an alternate source in surrounding villages for domestic and drinking purposes. Therefore it is important to assess the existing baseline status of both ground water quality and surface water quality within the study area.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 108 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.6.2. Ground Water Ground water is the accumulation of water below the surface of earth, caused by the portion of rainfall that percolates through the soil pores and rock crevices, flown by natural gravity till it reaches an impervious stratum. Water samples were collected from bore/open wells located within 10 Km. radios from the proposed site. The study area receives limited rains, but has considerable groundwater presence. The quality of groundwater is examined by drawing samples from open dug wells as well as from deep wells from the study area. Analysis was done by Standard Methods. The results are summarized below in tabular form, and compared with limits of IS: 10500

Table 3-12 Details of the ground water quality monitoring sampling locations Sr. Description Sampling location Village Name Latitude Longitude No. of samples 1 GW-1 Near Nimbodi 18°17'23.30"N 74°41'25.26"E 2 GW-2 Near Shetphalgade 18°14'51.20"N 74°41'4.73"E 3 GW-3 Near Lamjewadi 18°13'56.55"N 74°39'50.85"E 4 GW-4 Near Parawadi 18°17'1.80"N 74°38'50.16"E 5 GW-5 Near Nandadevi 18°19'29.18"N 74°38'2.34"E 6 GW-6 Near Madanwadi 18°16'49.19"N 74°44'47.79"E 7 GW-7 Near Nirgude 18°13'7.54"N 74°42'23.76"E 8 GW-8 Near Katphal 18°13'56.11"N 74°37'22.33"E

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 109 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-22 10 km. radius study area map indicating groundwater sampling location Table 3-13 Analysis methodology of groundwater and surface water Sr. Parameter Methods No. 1 Color IS 3025 (Part 4) 1983 2 Odor APHA 22ndEdition, Part 2150B, Page 2-16, 3 Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition, Part 2130B, Page 2-13 4 TDS APHA 22nd Edition, Part 2540C, Page 2-65 5 pH APHA 22nd Edition, Part 4500-H+ B, Page 4-92 6 Total Hardness APHA 22ndEdition, Part 2340 C, Page 2-44 7 Calcium [as Ca] APHA 22ndEdition, Part 3500-Ca B, Page 3-67 8 Magnesium as Mg APHA 22nd Edition, Part 3500, Page 3-84 9 Chlorides [as Cl] APHA 22nd Edition, Part 4500-Cl- B, Page 4-75 nd 2- 10 Sulphates [as SO4] APHA 22 Edition, Part 4500 SO4 E, Page 4-190 nd - 11 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22 Edition, Part 4500-NO3 B, Page 4-122 12 Nickel APHA 21st Edition, Part 3110 and 3111B and CB, Page 3-87 13 Iron [as Fe] APHA 22nd Edition, Part 3110, Page 3-14, 3500 Fe B 3-77 14 Fluoride APHA 22nd Edition, Part 4500-F- D, Page 4-87

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 110 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

15 Lead APHA 22nd Edition, Part 3110, Page 3-14 16 Cadmium APHA 22nd Edition, Part 3500 Cd Cadmium, Page 3-105 17 COD APHA 22nd Edition, Part 5220B, Page 5-17 18 BOD APHA 22ndEdition, Part 5210B, Page 5-5 19 Pesticides EPA Method 20 Phenolic Compound APHA 22nd Edition, Part 5530 B, C, D, Page 5-44 to 49 21 Zinc APHA 22nd Edition, Part 3111 B, Page 3-18 22 Copper APHA 22nd Edition, Part 3111B, Page 3-18 23 Conductivity APHA 21st Edition, Part 2510B, Page 2-47 24 Total Suspended Solid APHA 22nd Edition, Part 2540D, Page 2-66 25 DO APHA 22nd Edition, Part 4500-O C, Page 4-137 26 E – Coli IS: 1622 – 1981 27 Fecal Coliform IS: 1622 – 1981 28 Total Coliform IS: 1622 – 1981 29 Total Kjeldal Nitrogen APHA 21st Edition, Part 4500-Norg B, Page 4-131 30 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 APHA 22nd Edition, Part 2320 B, Page 2-34

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 111 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-14 Groundwater analysis report within 10 km radius of the study area Sr. Results Desirable Permissible Test Parameter Unit No. GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 IS 10500:2012 Standards 1 Color Hazen Colorless 5 15 2 Odor -- Odorless Agreeable Agreeable 3 Turbidity [NTU] <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1 5 4 TDS mg/lit. 498 535 490 471 540 542 559 476 500 2000 5 pH -- 7.04 7.1 7.1 6.95 7.35 7.21 7.04 7.1 6.5-8.5 No relaxation 6 Total Hardness mg/lit. 343 365 327 354 385 418 409 326 200 600 7 Calcium [as Ca] mg/lit. 79 81 74 75 89 92 92 72 75 200 8 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit. 35 39 34 40 39 45 43 35 30 100 9 Chlorides [as Cl] mg/lit. 158 169 138 108 174 168 174 126 250 1000 10 Sulphates [as SO4] mg/lit. 21.4 20.9 23.9 8.5 16.8 16.2 18.6 11.9 200 400 11 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/lit. 15.3 17.6 11.8 7.9 14.8 18.9 14.9 10.8 45 No Relaxation 12 Nickel mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.02 No relaxation 13 Iron [as Fe] mg/lit. 0.81 0.75 0.45 0.28 0.74 0.45 0.62 0.85 1.0 No Relaxation 14 Fluoride mg/lit. 0.29 0.27 0.12 0.08 0.24 0.124 0.25 0.1 1 1.5 15 Lead mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 No Relaxation 16 Cadmium mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.003 17 COD mg/lit. 6 8 4 5 11 7 6 3 -- -- 18 BOD mg/lit. <2 <2 <2 <2 4 <2 <2 <2 -- -- 19 Pesticides ug/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -- -- 20 Phenolic Compound mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 0.002 21 Zinc mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 15 22 Copper mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 1.5 23 Conductivity µS/cm 797 857 784 753 863 867 895 762 -- -- Total Alkalinity as 24 mg/lit. 197 228 230 268 225 219 243 249 200 600 CaCO3 25 E – Coli -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent No Relaxation 26 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent No Relaxation

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 112 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Summary of ground water quality results within study area • pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 6.95 – 7.35. All values are within acceptable limits. Only drinking water samples have fixed pH limit which is 6.5 -8.5 as per IS 10500-2012. • The acceptable limits for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 is 500 mg/l whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source are 2000 mg/l, beyond this potability decreases and may cause gastrointestinal irritation. Total dissolved solids in the ground water samples were in the range between 471 - 559 mg/l. Four samples are below acceptable limit, and Four samples are above acceptable limit but below the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l. • The acceptable limit for hardness is 300 mg/l whereas permissible limit in absence of alternative source is 600 mg/l. In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the total hardness was found to vary between 326- 418 mg/l, all samples are above acceptable limit but below the permissible limit of 600 mg/l. • The acceptable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and palatability are affected. The Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 108/– 174 mg/l. , all samples are below acceptable limit 250 mg/l • Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of >1 mg/l and permissible limit of <1.5 mg/l i.e fluoride concentration shall be between 1 to 1.5 mg/l. Fluoride concentrations observed are lower than the required concentration (0.08 to 0.29 mg/l) • The Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 8.5 – 23.9 mg/l. All samples was found are within acceptable limit of 200 mg/. Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the plant site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis (APHA). The water quality of the study area is found to be below the permissible limit of IS: 10500: 2012, for parameters Total Dissolved Solids, Sulphate, and Chloride. Fluoride concentration is found to be less than the required concentration. Groundwater quality is found to be good, which can be directly used for irrigation purpose. However, ground water used for drinking purpose after the appropriate treatment. 3.6.3. Surface water For the baseline monitoring total 7 samples were collected from the study area. The details of the surface water sampling location are given in Table 3.14 Table 3-15 Sampling location of surface water Sr. Description Sampling location Village Name Latitude Longitude No. of samples Surface Water 1 SW-1 Gaon Khoricha Oadha 18°17'31.10"N 74°40'20.86"E 2 SW -2 Madanwadi lake 18°17'15.02"N 74°42'41.79"E 3 SW -3 Shirsuphal Lake 18°20'13.91"N 74°36'49.46"E 4 SW -4 Parwadi lake 18°16'34.02"N 74°39'32.8"E 5 SW -5 Ujani Dam 18°16'58.97"N 74°45'47.79"E 6 SW -6 Amir Amla nala 18°15'32.99"N 74°44'3.05"E 7 SW -7 Pondhewadi Dam- Pimpale lake 18°14'48.94"N 74°43'30.35"E

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 113 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-23 10 km. radius study area map indicating surface water sampling location

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 114 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-16 Surface water analysis report within 10 km radius of the study area Sr. Results Desirable Permissible Test Parameter Unit No. SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 IS 10500:2012 Standards 1 Color Hazen Colorless 5 15 2 Odor -- Odorless Agreeable Agreeable 3 Turbidity [NTU] <1 <1 <1 <1 3.6 <1 5.7 1 5 4 TDS mg/lit. 502 362 365 327 400 465 391 500 2000 5 pH -- 6.58 7.3 7.14 6.98 7.26 6.74 7.18 6.5-8.5 No relaxation 6 Total Hardness mg/lit. 203 179 180 189 196 201 201 200 600 7 Calcium [as Ca] mg/lit. 48 40 42 39 45 42 47 75 200 8 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit. 20 19 18 22 20 23 20 30 100 9 Chlorides [as Cl] mg/lit. 156 141 138 127 173 160 155 250 1000

10 Sulphates [as SO4] mg/lit. 104 79 84 59 74 127 72 200 400 11 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/lit. 12.56 4.57 5.32 3.85 6.25 21.47 5.21 45 No Relaxation 12 Nickel mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL NIL BDL NIL 0.02 No Relaxation 13 Iron [as Fe] mg/lit. 0.21 0.158 0.124 0.11 0.31 0.24 0.24 1.0 No Relaxation 14 Fluoride mg/lit. 0.138 0.354 0.285 0.149 0.18 0.214 0.21 1 1.5 15 Lead mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 No Relaxation 16 Cadmium mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.003 17 COD mg/lit. 65 38 34 27 32 79 32 -- -- 18 BOD mg/lit. 24 14 12 10 18 32 14 -- -- 19 Pesticides ug/L BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -- -- Phenolic 20 mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 0.002 Compound 21 Zinc mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 15 22 Copper mg/lit. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 1.5 23 Conductivity µS/cm 803 580 584 523 640 744 625 -- -- Total Suspended 24 mg/lit. 24.8 13.8 11.9 9.8 18.9 34.8 34.8 -- -- Solid 25 DO mg/lit. 2.4 3.5 3.5 4 4.1 2.5 3.6 -- -- 26 E – Coli -- Present Present Present Present Present Present Present No Relaxation 27 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml 12 3 4 6 4 17 8 No Relaxation

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 115 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. Results Desirable Permissible Test Parameter Unit No. SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 IS 10500:2012 Standards 28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 34 22 21 27 18 43 29 No Relaxation Total Kjeldal 29 mg/lit. 14.25 14.47 11.95 9.85 13.9 21.65 16.4 -- -- Nitrogen Total Alkalinity as 30 mg/lit. 152 142 139 125 169 180 155 200 600 CaCO3 Note:

BDL - Below Detectable limit Remark: -Surface water quality is found to be good, which can be directly used for irrigation purpose. However, for drinking purpose, conventional treatment suggested.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 116 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Soil Environment Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling, and providing support for plants and other structures. Soil management has a major impact on soil quality. Representative soil samples were collected from the study area to assess the quality of soil. For studying the soil types and the soil characteristics, different sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil condition representing various land use condition and geological features.

The soil in and around the proposed site is formed due to weathering of rocks and can be classified as reddish gray / brown silky type. Rocks underneath are of volcanic origin. The rocks are dark colored of basaltic composition and mainly comprise of plagioclase, pyroxenes iron ores, primary glass and some secondary minerals.

3.7.1. Probable sources of soil pollution/ contamination in the study area Soil can be said to be polluted due to the discharge of treated or un-treated effluent, hazardous waste generated, and solid waste by various sources. If the industrial wastes (Spentwash/pressmud/ash) are not disposed off scientifically they may leach into soil and affect the soil quality adversely. This problem can also arise by uncontrolled disposal of municipal solid waste or sewage inhabited or vacated land.

Table 3-17 Details of the soil sampling locations Sr. Description Sampling location Village Name Latitude Longitude No. of samples 1 S-1 Near Nimbodi 18°17'23.30"N 74°41'25.26"E 2 S-2 Near Shetphalgade 18°14'51.20"N 74°41'4.73"E 3 S-3 Near Lamjewadi 18°13'56.55"N 74°39'50.85"E 4 S-4 Near Parawadi 18°17'1.80"N 74°38'50.16"E 5 S-5 Near Nandadevi 18°19'29.18"N 74°38'2.34"E 6 S-6 Near Madanwadi 18°16'49.19"N 74°44'47.79"E 7 S-7 Near Nirgude 18°13'7.54"N 74°42'23.76"E 8 S-8 Near Katphal 18°13'56.11"N 74°37'22.33"E

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 117 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-24 10 km. radius study area map indicating soil sampling location 3.7.2. Soil characteristics in the study area Table 3-18 Soil Analysis report within 10 km radius of the study area Sr. Test Standar No Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 Parameter ds . A GENERAL PARAMETERS PH of 1 % 1 -- 7.04 7.14 6.98 7.23 7.28 7.14 7.09 7.23 6.5 – 8.5 Solution Conductivit Mmhos/c 2 y of 1% 0.22 0.29 0.32 0.31 0.35 0.39 0.42 0.37 0.2 – 0.5 ms Solution Total 3 Kjeldhal Kg/Ha 286 295 274 301 282 279 311 317 -- Nitrogen B PHYSICAL PARAMETERS Water 4 Retention % 45 48 35 46 47 47 46 45 --- Capacity 5 Bulk Kg/m3 1.14 1.2 1.11 1.12 1.18 1.14 1.18 1.09 ---

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 118 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. Test Standar No Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 Parameter ds . Density 6 Moisture % 8.6 11.4 6.9 10.6 7.9 7.4 10.5 6.9 --- Cation 7 Exchage meq/100g 21.7 32.7 25.6 27.6 29.8 27.8 25.6 30.6 >30 Capacity C CHEMICAL PARAMETERS (BY WATER LEACHATE) Sulphate as 8 Kg/Ha 598.3 594 612 607 612 498 624.9 512 --- SO4 Chlorides 1014. 1125. 9 Kg/Ha 1065 958 1241 1124 1124 1028 --- as Cl 3 6 Calcium as 10 Kg/Ha 298 294 314 312 316 257 342 248 --- Ca Potassium 11 Kg/Ha 347 328 352 327 362 314 274 312 >280 as K2O Copper as 12 Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- Cu 13 Zinc as Zn Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- 54.6 14 Iron as Fe Kg/Ha 43.8 42.9 45.9 44.3 39.8 45.6 41.6 --- 2 Manganese 15 Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- as Mn 16 Boron as B Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- Total 17 Phosphates Kg/Ha 69 73 89 73 71 68 73 79 --- as PO4 D HEAVY METALS (BY ACID LEACHATE) Nickel as 18 Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- Ni Cadmium 19 Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- as Cd 20 Lead as Pb Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- Phenolic 21 Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- Compound Chromium 22 Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- as Cr Cobalt as 23 Kg/Ha BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL --- Co E ALKALI METALS Sodium as 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 24 % < 5 Na 0.004 4 5 5 3 5 0.005 6 Total F Organic % 0.59 0.58 0.64 0.51 0.59 0.71 0.59 0.65 --- Carbon Organic G % 1.18 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.1 1.2 --- Matter

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 119 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Standard soil classification as per Handbook of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agricultural Research is as follows Table 3-19 Standard soil classification Sr. No. Soil Test Classification Less than 4.5 : Extremely acidic 4.51 – 5.50 : Very strongly acidic 5.51 – 6.00 : Moderately acidic 6.51 – 7.30 : Neutral 1 pH 7.31 – 7.80 : Slightly alkaline 7.81 – 8.50 : Moderately alkaline 8.51 – 9.00 : Strongly alkaline 9.01 and above : Very strongly alkaline Salinity Electrical Up to 1.00 : Average 2 conductivity (μmhos/cm) 1.01 to 2.00 : Harmful to germination (1 ppm = 640 μmhos/cm) 2.01 to 3.00 : Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts) Up to 0.2 : Very less 0.21 to 0.40 : Less 0.41 to 0.50 : Medium 3 Organic Carbon (%) 0.51 to 0.80 : On an average sufficient 0.81 to 1.00 : Sufficient > 1.0 : More than sufficient Up to 50 : Very less 51 – 100 : Less 4 Nitrogen (Kg/Ha) 101 – 150 : Good 151 – 300 : Better More than 300 : Sufficient Up to 15 : Very less 16 – 30 : Less 31 – 50 : Medium 5 Phosphorous (Kg/Ha) 51 – 65 : On an average sufficient 66 – 80 : Sufficient More than 80 : More than sufficient 0 – 120 : Very less 121 – 180 : Less 181 - 240 : Medium 6 Potash (Kg/ha) 241 - 300 : Average 301 – 360 : Better More than 360 : More than sufficient Observation and interpretation from results • The finding of the study reveals that pH of soil in the area ranged between 6.98 to 7.28 which is an indicative of the neutral soil. • The values for Nitrogen at all locations varied between 274 to 317 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of nitrogen was observed at location S-8, while the lowest concentration can be observed at location S-3. • It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be high at all locations ranging between 274 to 362 kg/ha.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 120 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-20 Levels of soil fertility

Organic Carbon Available N Available P2O5 Available Soil Fertility (%) (kg/ha) (kg/ha) K2O (kg/ha) Very high >1.00 >700 >80.0 >360 High 0.81-1.00 561-700 64-80 301-360 Medium 0.61-0.80 421-560 48-64 241-300 Medium Low 0.41-0.60 281-420 32-48 181-240 Low 0.21-0.40 141-280 16-32 121-180 Very Low 0.20 140 16.0 120 • Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per soil classification given by Tondon H.L.S. (2005). The samples fall under low to medium fertile soils. Noise environment As part of EIA study for the expansion project, Noise study was conducted by measurement the existing noise levels at various places around the site. The noise assessment was carried out with respect to the existing as well as the predicted noise that may come from the proposed project.

3.8.1. Noise monitoring stations Noise level readings were recorded in 9 locations spread over, in the 10km radius centering the proposed unit. Noise levels were recorded by the use of a digital noise level meter, the instrument was calibrated before and after each set of readings. The monitoring was carried out on 24-hourly basis and the hourly Leq. Values were derived and reported

The coordinates of the noise quality monitoring locations are given in the table below.

Table 3-21 Details of noise quality monitoring locations Sr. Symbol Description Latitude Longitude No. 1 N-1 Near Main gate 18°16'14.52"N 74°40'14.64" 2 N-2 Near ETP 18°16'15.23"N 74°40'35.49"E 3 N-3 Near Nimbodi 18°17'23.30"N 74°41'25.26"E 4 N-4 Near Shetphalgade 18°14'51.20"N 74°41'4.73"E 5 N-5 Near Lamjewadi 18°13'56.55"N 74°39'50.85"E 6 N-6 Near Parawadi 18°17'1.80"N 74°38'50.16"E 7 N-7 Near Madanwadi 18°16'49.19"N 74°44'47.79"E 8 N-8 Near Pimpale 18°15'2.00"N 74°42'58.54"E 9 N-9 Near Nandadevi 18°19'29.18"N 74°38'2.34"E

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 121 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-25 10 km. radius study area map indicating noise quality sampling location As can be seen from the table below, the maximum daytime Leq as well as night time Leq values were found to be 63 dB(A) and 54 dB(A). The maximum values may be attributed towards the nearby commercial activities and traffic movements. The minimum values for day & night time were found to be 49 dB(A) and 40 dB(A) respectively..

Table 3-22 Noise levels of the study area

Sr (Leq dB(A)) Average CPCB limit (Leq dB(A)) Location Category Of Area No Day time Night time Day time Night time 1 Site-Main Gate Industrial Area 65 55 65 55 2 Site-ETP Industrial Area 63 54 65 55 3 Nimbodi Residential Area 55 45 55 45 4 Shetphalgade Residntial Area 51 41 55 45 5 Lamjewadi Residntial Area 50 40 55 45 6 Parawadi Residntial Area 49 41 55 45 7 Madanwadi Residntial Area 59 48 65 55 8 Pimpale Residntial Area 50 40 55 45 9 Nandadevi Residntial Area 50 40 55 45

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 122 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

3.8.2. Summary of the results

Daytime Noise Levels (Leq)day Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was found in the range of 63 – 65 dB (A), which is well below the permissible limit of 75 dB (A), due to industry is not working state presently. Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 49 dB (A) to 59 dB (A).

Night time Noise Levels (Leq)night Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed in the range of 54 – 55 dB (A), which is well below the permissible limit of 70 dB (A), due to industry is not working state presently.

Residential Zone: The night time noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 40 dB (A) 48 dB (A)

The industry is making all efforts to control the noise levels within the limits by providing acoustic measures and silencer pads etc. all the employees in these work places shall be provided with ear plugs / muffs.

Ecology and Biodiversity Studies The basic purpose to exploring the biological environment under Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assist in the decision making process and to ensure that the project options under consideration are bio-environmental-friendly. EIA identifies ways of improving project environmentally by preventing, minimizing, mitigating or compensating for adverse impacts before construction and development phase. The present study on the floral assessment of the proposed project is based on field survey of the area supported by secondary data from various governmental and non-governmental sources.

3.9.1. Objectives of Ecological Studies The present study was undertaken with the following objectives: • To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site • To evaluate the distribution of animal life spectra, including avifauna and butterflies, available in this area • To ascertain whether the proposed project will have any adverse impact on the ecology in and around project areas, and suggest mitigation measures, if needed

3.9.2. Study Area Project site is located at Village Shetphalgade, Tal. Indapur, Dist. Pune, Maharashtra. As per guidelines of MoEF for Environmental Impact Assessment pertaining to construction projects total study area taken for the proposed study is 10 km periphery from the project site. All observations were undertaken in Winter 2020-21 within 10 km.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 123 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 3-26 Study area for Biological Environment 3.9.3. Survey Methodology a) Flora:

The present study on the floral assessment for the proposed project activity is based on extensive field survey of the area. The study has been conducted in winter season. The unidentified plant species were identified with the help of secondary sources like degree colleges and forest department. Besides the collection of plant species, information was also collected with vernacular names of plant species made by local inhabitants. In this process the whole study area was divided into different sections to get the maximum diversity of plant species. The sampling sites were selected based on land use pattern, topography and floristic composition of the study area. Data on forest type, legal status and their extent in the study area has been collected from forest department. The other relevant data on biodiversity, rare and endangered species in the study area have been collected during site visit and from different secondary sources. b) Fauna:

The study of fauna takes substantial amount of time to understand the specific faunal characteristics of the area. The assessment of fauna has been done by extensive field survey of the area. During survey, Line

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 124 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Transect method was used for the study of mammals and Transact & Patch sampling was used for Amphibians. In addition the following sources were also used during survey.

• Sighting during ecological studies • Animal call • Foot mark and excreta During survey, the presence of wildlife was also confirmed from the local inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency of their visits in the project area which was later confirmed from different governmentt offices like forest department, wildlife department etc. c) Avifauna

During Birds survey actual counts of birds were made following the standard survey technique. Observations were made during a walk through in the chosen transect for sighting birds. The number of birds observed in each sampling location was directly counted and listing was made. Birds were noted, counted and identified with the help of 8X40 “Optima Zenith” binocular and standard field identification guides.

3.9.4. Baseline status Project site Terrestial Ecology a) Flora:

The floristic survey reveals that the project site possesses different varieties of flora such as:

• Trees: Cocos nucifera, Bismarckia nobilis, Ficus benghalensis, Anthocephalus cadamba Tamarindus indica, Albizzia procera, Michelia champaca, Azadirachta indica, Mangifera indica & Delonix regia etc. • Shrubs: Calatropis procera Tabernaemontana divaricate, Euphorbia thymifolia & Lantana camara • Herbs: Tridax procumbens, Argimone mexicana, Cassia tora & Parthenium hysterophorus • Climbers: Cuscuta reflexa & Tinospora cordifolia • Grasses: Cynodon dactylon, Desmostachya bipinnata & Heteropogon contortus The list of plant species observed in the core zone i.e. project site is presented in Table below b) Fauna

The fauna observed in project site are as follows;

• Mammals: Canis lupus familiaris & Funambulus palmarum • Reptiles: Calotes versicolor • Avifauna: Acridotheres tristis, Merops orientalis, Corvus splendens, Dicrurus macrocercus, Bubulcus ibis, Ardeola grayii, Pesitacula Kramri & Pycronotus cafer • Butterflies: Papilio polymnestor, Eurema hecabe, Euploea core, Neptis hylas and Junonia atlites c) Wetland Ecology

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 125 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

There is no naturally existing water body on project site.

Buffer Zone (Area between project boundary and 10 km surroundings) Primary Data Terrestrial Ecology a)Flora

Based on field survey primary data were generated by preparing a general checklist of the plants encountered in this area. The study showed overall 68 species from 64 genera and 38 families (Table 3.23). The floristic survey reveals that the study area is having dominance of trees viz. Azadiricta indica, Albizia lebbeck , Mangifera indica, Michelia champaca, Mimusops elengi . etc. and certain shrubs viz, Calatropis procera, Euphorbia thymifolia, Lantana camera, Ricinus communis, Nerium indicum, besides herbs like Ageratum conyzoides, Catharanthus roseus, Parthenium hysterophorus, Tridax procumbens etc. (Table 3.23).

Table 3-23 Presence of vegetation up to10 km surroundings of the project site Status as per International SN Botanical name Common name Family Status Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Trees 1 Acacia nilotica Babhul Mimosaceae Common Not evaluated 2 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae Common Not evaluated 3 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Common Not evaluated 4 Albizia lebbeck Indian siris Fabaceae Common Not evaluated 5 Alstonia scholaris Satvin Apocynaceae Frequently Least Concern 6 Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae Frequent Not evaluated 7 Bauhunia Purpurea Kanchan Fabaceae Common Not evaluated Golden shower 8 Cassia fistula Fabaceae Common Not evaluated tree 9 Callistemon citrinus Bottle Brush Myrtaceae Common Not evaluated 10 *Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae Common Not evaluated 11 Dalbergia latifolia Shisham Fabaceae Common Not evaluated 12 ficus benghalensis wad Moraceae Frequent Not evaluated 13 Ficus racemosa Umber Moraceae Frequent Not evaluated 14 Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae Frequent Not evaluated 15 Leucena leucocephala Subhabhul Mimosaceae Common Not evaluated 16 Lagerstromia Lanceolata Crape-myrtle Lythraceae Common Not evaluated 17 Lagerstroemia indica Tamhan Lythraceae Common Not evaluated 18 *Michelia champaca Son chafa Magnoliaceae Common Not evaluated 19 Millingtonia hortensis Indian cork tree Bignoniaceae Frequent Not assessed 20 Mimusops elengi Spanish cherry Sapotaceae Common Not assessed

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 126 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Status as per International SN Botanical name Common name Family Status Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) 21 Manilkara zapota Chiku Sapotaceae Frequent Not evaluated 22 *Mangifera indica Amba Anacardiaceae Common Not evaluated

23 Moringa oliefera Drumstick tree Moringaceae Common Not evaluated 24 Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Caesalpiniaceae Common Not evaluated 25 Plumeria alba Chafa Apocynaceae Frequent Not assessed 26 Pithecellobium dulce Vilayati Chinch Mimosaceae Common Not evaluated 27 Pongamia Pinnata Karanj Fabaceae Frequently Least Concern 28 Saraca asoka Sita Ashok Fabaceae Frequently Least Concern 29 Syzigium cumini Jambhul Myrtaceae Common Not evaluated 30 Spathodea campanulata Pechkari flame Bignoniaceae Frequently Not evaluated 31 Samanea saman Rain tree Fabaceae Common Not evaluated 32 Tamarindus indica Chinch Caesalpiniaceae Common Not evaluated 33 Tectona grandis Sag Verbenaceae Frequently Not evaluated 34 Tabebuia rosea Trumpet tree Bignoniaceae Common Not evaluated 35 Terminalia catappa Badam Combretaceae Common Not evaluated 36 Terminalia arjuna Arjuna Combretaceae Common Not evaluated 37 Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae Frequently Not evaluated Shrubs 1 Annona squamosa Sitaphal Annonaceae Frequently Not evaluated 2 *Calotropis procera Rui Asclepiadaceae Frequently Not evaluated 3 *Euphorbia thymifolia Milk weed Euphorbiaceae Common Not evaluated 5 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jaswand Malvaceae Frequently Not evaluated 6 *Lantana camara Ghaneri Verbenaceae Common Not evaluated 7 Nerium indicum Kanher Apocynaceae Common Not evaluated 8 Ricinus communis Castor plant Euphorbiaceae Common Not evaluated Herbs 1 Achyranthus aspera Aghada Amaranthaceae Frequently Not evaluated 2 Alternanthera sessilis Chubukata Amaranthaceae Common Least Concern 3 Argemone mexicana Pivla-dhotra Papavaraceae Common Not evaluated 4 Ageratum conyzoides Billygoat weed Asteraceae Common Not evaluated 5 *Cassia tora Takla Caesalpiniaceae Common Not evaluated 6 Catharanthus roseus Sadaphuli Apocynaceae Frequently Not evaluated 7 *Tridax procumbens Ekdandi Asteraceae Common Not evaluated 8 *Parthenium hysterophorus Gajar ghas Asteraceae Frequently Not evaluated Palms 1 *Cocos nicifera Coconut Arecaceae Frequent Not evaluated 2 Roystonea regia Royal palm Arecaceae Common Not assessed *Bismarckia nobili, Silver Palm Arecaceae Common Not assessed

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 127 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Status as per International SN Botanical name Common name Family Status Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) 3 Wodyetia bifurcata Foxtail Palms. Arecaceae Common Not evaluated Climbers 1 *Cuscuta reflexa Amarvel Cuscutaceae Frequently Not evaluated 2 Ipomoea cairica Garvel Convolvulaceae Common Not evaluated 3 Mucuna pruriens Khajkhujli Fabaceae Common Not evaluated 4 Paracalyx scariosa Ran-ghevda Fabaceae Common Not evaluated 5 Teramnus labialis Ran-udid Fabaceae Frequently Not evaluated 6 *Tinospora cordifolia Gulvel Menispermaceae Frequently Not evaluated Grasses 1 *Cynodon dactylon Durva Poaceae Common Not evaluated 2 *Desmostachya bipinnata Darbha Poaceae Common Not evaluated Dendrocalamus 3 Indian Bamboo Poaceae Common Not evaluated calostachyus 4 Eragrostis cilianensis Gray love grass Poaceae Frequently Not evaluated 5 *Heteropogon contortus Kusari Poaceae Common Not evaluated Source : Primary data generation by survey team (Functional Area Expert - EB) * Observed in Project site b) Fauna

The domestic animals in the study area mostly comprise of Dog, Goat and Cow. The survey revealed that 8 species of mammals were recorded in and around the study area while no wild mammal was observed in this area. Four species of reptiles were recorded. Availability of fauna in the vicinity of the sites is presented in Table 3.24. None of these animals are endangered (Schedule I) as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972.

Avifauna

During the survey, 22 species of birds were noticed. The dominant birds were little green bee eater, Indian myna, purple sunbird, house crow, black drongo, Indian robin etc. It has been observed that the majority of birds were insectivorous in habit preferring insects, worms and arachnids. None of these birds are endangered (Schedule I) as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972.

Butterflies

Study area comprises of 12 species of butterflies, dominated by Euploea core, Papilio demoleus, Catopsilia Pomona, Eurema hecabe and Papilio polytes Butterfly diversity and community composition are dependent on plants, as their caterpillars are highly specific to host plants on which they feed and metamorphose into the adults. Fairly good butterfly diversity in this area is conspicuous due to presence of wide varieties of flowering trees. Therefore, richness of host plant diversity contributes to butterfly diversity. None of these is endangered (Schedule I) as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 128 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-24 Fauna recorded 10 km surroundings of the project site Conservation status as SN Common Name Scientific Name per Wildlife (Protection) Act (1972) Mammals 1 *Common dog Canis lupus familiaris Not enlisted 2 Common cat Felis silvestris catus Not enlisted 3 *Squirrel Funambulus palmarum Sch-IV 4 Domestic buffalo Bubalus bubalis Not enlisted 5 Cow Bos taurus Not enlisted 6 Indian grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Sch – II 7 Langur Presbytis entellus Sch - II 8 Jackal Canis aureus Sch - II Reptiles 1. *Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor Not enlisted 2. Rock lizard Psmmophilus blanfordanus Not enlisted 3 Russell's Viper Daboia russelii Sch- II 4 Common krait Bungarus caeruleus - Avifauna 1 Black drongo Dicrurus adsimilis Sch – IV 2 Blue rock pigeon Columba livia Sch – IV 3 Black kite Milvus migrans Not enlisted 4 Pond Heron Ardeola grayii -- 5 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Sch – IV 6 Common swallow Hirunds rustica Sch – IV 7 Crow pheasant Centropus sinensis Sch – IV 8 *House crow Corvus splendens Sch – V 9 *House sparrow Passer domesticus Sch – IV 10 House swift Apus affinus Sch – IV 11 *Indian myna Acridotheres tristis Sch – IV 12 Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Sch – IV 13 Little swift Apus affinis Sch – IV 14 Hoopoe Upupa epops Sch – IV 15 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Sch – IV 16 Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata Sch – IV 17 Purple sunbird Nactarinia asiatica Sch – IV 18 Red wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus Sch – IV 19 Roseringed parakeet Paittacula krameri Sch – IV 20 *Redvented bulbul Pycronotus cafer Sch – IV 21 Small blue kingfisher Alcedo atthis Sch – IV 22 *Small green bee eater Merops orientalis Sch – IV Butterflies

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 129 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Conservation status as SN Common Name Scientific Name per Wildlife (Protection) Act (1972) 1 *Blue mormon Papilio polymnestor Not enlisted 2 Blue pansy Junonia orithya Not enlisted 3 Common sailor Neptis hylas Not enlisted 4 Common evening brown Melanitis leda Not enlisted 5 *Common grass yellow Eurema hecabe Not enlisted 6 *Common Indian crow Euploea core Sch – IV 7 Common leopard Phalanta phalantha Not enlisted 8 Common mormon Papilio polytes Not enlisted 9 *Gray pansy Junonia atlites Not enlisted 10 Lime butterfly Papilio demoleus Not enlisted 11 Plain tiger Danaus chrysippus Not enlisted 12 Common emigrant Catopsilia pomona Not enlisted Source : Primary data generation by survey team (Functional Area Expert - EB) * Also observed in Project site

Park and Sanctuaries No National Park and Sanctuary is present within 10 km from the proposed site.

Aquatic Ecology Primary data

Gaon Khoricha Oadha (2.21 km) , Parewadi lake (1.70 km) & Madanwadi lake (4.4 km) are recorded as surface water bodies within 10 km surroundings of project site. Samples from these water bodies were collected during winter 2021 for phytoplankton and zooplankton analyses.

Sampling

To enumerate phytoplankton, unfiltered surface waters were collected from the water bodies. Phytoplankton samples were immediately fixed in 4% Lugol’s iodine solution so as to prevent adverse effects of light and temperature which might cause rapid decay of organisms (APHA 2005). Phytoplankton were identified up to genera level using standard taxonomic keys. For zooplankton, about 40 liter water was filtered through plankton net having mesh size of 75µ to represent all the available groups. The samples were fixed immediately with 5 % buffered formalin and subsequently analysed under microscope in the laboratory with the help of Sedgwick rafter cell.

Observations a) Phytoplankton

Phytoplankton enumeration from water bodies showed counts varying between 140 and 235 No/ml (Table 3.25), dominated by Cyanophyceae followed by Chlorophyceae, Bacillariophyceae and

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 130 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Chrysophyceae members (Table 3.26). Altogether 19 genera of Phytoplankton were observed. The Values of SWI for phytoplankton varied from 1.4 to 1.8 indicating medium productive water.

Table 3-25 Enumeration of Phytoplankton at different locations

Percent composition of algal groups SWI Count SN Name (No/ml) Chloro- Bacillario- Cyano- Chryso-

phyceae phyceae phyceae phyceae 1 Gaon Khoricha Oadha 235 24 20 43 13 1.8 2 Parewadi lake 160 30 22 36 12 1.6 3 Madanwadi lake 140 28 24 38 10 1.4 Ranges of Shannon Wiener Diversity Index (SWI)

<1: Indicate poor productive water

1-3 Indicate medium productive water

>3 Indicate good productive water

Table 3-26 Phytoplankton genera observed at different locations

SN Chlorophyceae Bacillariophyceae Cyanophyceae Chrysophyceae

Ankistrodesmus sp. Cocconeis sp. Aphanocapsa sp. Chrysococcus sp. Chlamydomonas sp. Cyclotella sp Chroococcus sp. Mallomonas sp. Chlorella sp Diatoma sp. Microcystis sp - Chlorococcum sp. Navicula sp. Oscillatoria sp. - Closterium sp. - Phormidium sp. - Pediastrum sp. - Lyngbyasp. - Scendesmus sp. - - - b) Zooplankton

The recorded zooplankton counts are presented in (Table 3.27). Density of zooplankton in Gaon Khoricha Oadha, Parewadi lake & Madanwadi lake varied between 196 and 498 N/m3. Only 9 genera of zooplankton, dominated by Diaptomus sp., Mesocyclops sp and Brachionus sp, were recorded. Copepoda, being most dominant, followed by Rotifera, (Table 3.27). Further, Values of SWI indicates Medium Productive waters.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 131 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-27 Enumeration of Zooplankton at different locations Zooplankton Percent Composition in Groups SN Name SWI (No/m3) Rotifera Copepoda Cladocera 1 Gaon Khoricha Oadha 498 38 56 6 1.1 2 Parewadi lake 196 36 52 12 1.1 3 Madanwadi lake 210 38 54 8 1.6 Ranges of Shannon Wiener Diversity Index (SWI) <1: Indicate poor productive water 1-3 Indicate medium productive water >3 Indicate good productive water Table 3-28 Zooplankton genera observed at different locations SN Rotifera Copepoda Cladocera 1 Asplanchna sp. Diaptomus sp Alonella sp. 2 Brachionus sp. Mesocyclops sp. Bosmina sp. 3 Keratella sp Nauplius larva Moina sp. Secondary Data Methodology: The data pertaining to flora and fauna have been collected based on discussions with concerned forest department officials, local people, published literature, NGOs etc. and supported by physical verifications, wherever feasible. Flora and fauna recorded surrounding the 10 km area are given below. a) Flora The collated data have been delineated hereunder.

Trees: Acacia nilotica (babul), Albizia lebbeck (Siris ), Bombax ceiba (kate-sawar), Cassia fistula (Bahava), Delonix regia (Gulmohar), Eucalyptus globulus (Nilgiri), Emblica officinalis (Aavla ), Mangifera indica (Mango), Mitragyna parviflora (Kadam), Madhuca latifolia (Moha), Ficus racemosa (Umber), Peltophorum pterocarpum (Copper pod), Pongamia pinnata (Karanj), Tectona grandis (Sag), Lagerstroemia speciosa (Taman), Syzigium cumini (Jambhul), Tamarindus indica (Tamarind), Terminalia tomentosa (Sadada), Terminalia catappa (Almond), Ziziphus mauritiana (Ber) etc.

Shrubs Calotropis procera (Rue), Catharanthus roseus (Cape periwinkle ), Lantana camara (Ghaneri), Hibiscus sp. (Jasvand), Barleria prionitis (Katekoranti), Helicteris isora (Murudsheng), Mimosa hamata (Alai), Nerium indicum (Kanher), Ricinus communis (Castor plant), Calotropis gigantea (Rui) etc.

Herbs: Alternanthera sessilis (Chubukata), Achyranthes aspera (Aghada), Cassia tora (Takla), Tridax procumbens (Ekdandi), Ocimum sanctum (Tulsi), Solanum nigrum (Kangni), Mimosa pudica (Lajalu), Chenopodium album (Chandanbatwa), Vernonia cinerea (Sahadevi), Cleome gynandra (Pandhri-Tilvan) etc.

Grasses:

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 132 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Cynodon dactylon (Bermuda grass), Digitaria ciliaris (Wild crabgrass), Dendrocalamus calostachyus, Eleusine indica (Crow foot grass), Chloris barbata (Swollen finger grass) etc. b) Fauna Site specific data on fauna for the area within 10km boundary are not available in literature or Govt offices. However, discussion with local people towards their availability within the area is briefed hereunder.

Domestic Animals The domestic animals in the study area mostly comprised of buffalo, dog, Indian hare and goat

Butterflies Common butterflies found within 10km surroundings are Appias albino (Common albatross), Athyma perius (Common sergeant), Graphium doson (Common jay), Graphium agamemnon (Tailed jay), Pachliopta aristolochiae (Common rose), Papilio polymnestor (Blue mormon), Papilio demoleus (Lime butterfly), Catopsilia pomona (Common emigrant), Catopsilia pyranthe (Mottled emigrant), Larus canus (Common gull), Delias eucharis (Common jezebel ), Acraea terpsicore (Angled castor), Euploea core (Common Indian crow), Euthalia aconthea (Common baron), Hypolimnas bolina (Great eggfly), Hypolimnas misippus (Danaid eggfly), Junonia almanac (Peacock pansy), (Junonia atlites (Grey pansyc), Junonia lemonias (Lemon pansy), Junonia orithya (Blue pansy), Melanitis leda (Common Evening brown), Melanitis phedima (Dark Evening brown), Melanitis zitenius (Great Evening brown), Mycalesis mineus (Dark branded bush brown) etc.

Birds Birds like Accipiter badius (Shikra), Acridotheres tristis (Common Myna), Aegithina tiphia (Common Iora), Alcedo atthis (Common Kingfisher), Amandava amandava (Red Avadavat), Amaurornis phoenicurus (White-breasted Waterhen), Anas crecca (Common Teal), Apus nipalensis (House Swift), Ardea purpurea (Purple Heron), Athene brama (Spotted Owlet), Buteo buteo (Common Buzzard), Coracias benghalensis (Indian Roller), Coturnix coturnix (Common Quail), Orthotomus sutorius (Common Tailorbird), Pernis ptilorhynchus (Oriental Honey Buzzard), Phalacrocorax carbo (Great Cormorant), Phalacrocorax fuscicollis (Indian Cormorant), Prinia inornata (Plain Prinia), Pseudibis papillosa (Black Ibis), Rhipidura albicollis (White throated Fantail), Tringa totanus (Common Redshank), Turdus simillimus (Indian Blackbird), Upupa epops (Common Hoopoe), Vanellus indicus (Red-wattled Lapwing) were recorded in this area.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 133 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Socio-economic Environment 3.10.1. Introduction Social and economical consideration is basic in the man-made environment. Any human activity is undertaken for a sole objective of economic benefit to the human society. In other words if the socio- economic impact is not positively beneficial, one will not enter into that activity at all. It is, therefore, worthwhile to make a socio-economic impact assessment (SIA) in advance before deciding on commencement of the activity. SIA is done honestly, keeping the following framework.

• SIA is a systematic effort to identify, analyze, and evaluate social impacts due to a proposed project or policy change on the individuals and social groups within a community or on an entire community in advance of the decision making process in order that the information derived from the SIA can actually influence decisions. • SIA increase knowledge on the part of the project proponent and the impacted community. • SIA raises consciousness and the level of understanding of the community and puts the residents in a better position to understand the broader implication of the proposed action. • SIA includes within it a process to mitigate the social impacts likely to occur, if that action is desired by the impacted community. For further discussions this study area which is fully of rural component will be considered 3.10.2. Industries • Industrially, Maharashtra is one of the advance states in the Country and Pune district is also one of the advanced districts of the state. The district is also rich with forest resources. There are few co- operative and private sugar factories and other some small scale industries in the district. • The Industrial policy of the state is based on the basic decision to encourage Industries in the developing and under-developed areas in the district and to disperse industries from the heavily congested areas of Bombay, Thane and Pune city. In the district, there are industrial estates in Pune, Pimpri Chinchwad and Kurkumbh towns which has led to the industrial development not only of the town, but the district. • The most important small scale industries in the district are handloom, craft and gur processing having a good demand in the national market. Other registered units are sugar mills,gur making, spinning pressing and weaving mills, pottery, brickmaking, carpentry, tanning, oil mills, distilleries and engineering units. Pune district is on the forefront of sugar production. 3.10.3. Road (Communication Facilities) District has road, rail and air travel facility. 68.44% villages or 80.23% villagers have some communication facility available. Next to Pune city tehsil, Baramati with 94.64% villages served is the best and Junnar tehsil with 21.21 is poorest. Villager with higher population get the roads quickly. Roads have acted as a pull factor for development and upliftment of the area.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 134 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 3-29 Roads State Zilla Municipal # Type of Road Total PWD Parishad Body I. Surface wise 1 Cement Concrete 23 -- 12 35 2 Black Topped 1553 356 767 2676 3 Water Bound Macadam 568 2526 80 3174 4 Others 178 4236 43 4457 Total 2322 7118 902 10342 II. Category wise 1 National Highway 311 -- 50 361 2 State Highway 61 -- -- 61 3 Other State Highway 1194 53 27 1274 4 Major District Road 754 1798 2552 5104 5 Other District Road 2 2042 2044 4088 6 Village Road -- 3225 1 3226 7 Other Developmental Road -- -- 805 805 Total 2322 7118 902 10342 Mumbai-Bangalore and Mumbai-Hyderabad Highways pass via Pune. Of the roads 17% are National and 27% are State Highways. Almost all the villages are connected by either kaccha or good road. 59.56% of rural population is served by pucca roads, especially near urban centers. 92.19% of bigger villages (having population more than 5000) are connected by pucca road

3.10.4. Population The district Pune is urbanized with 34 towns. It is noteworthy that 10% of the total number of towns of the State are located in this single district only. This tehsil khed, however, has a complete Rural background with all the habitation housed in 190 villages, none semi-urban CTs (Census Towns) and none Municipal Corporations, and only with one religious town. The study area too is comprised of villages 48 in number and none other. The houses in the study area are of variable description but more like hamlets. The Statistics of the vicinity area can be presented as

# Particulars Study area 1 Number of Houses 7587 2 Population/House 6.19 It may thus be seen that sector needs new houses as substantial population has no standard housing.

The population shows a growing trend anywhere in India. The decennial growth in the district is as high as 32.85%. However, it is noteworthy; the study area shows only 24.58% as decadal growth (many of them in slums). This indicates that the area can accommodate for some immigrants to come in. The situation remains so, in absence of any development of sources of livelihood and amenities coming along with it outside and away from the study area.

Another noteworthy point is about the schedule caste and schedule tribe brethrens. The percentage contribution in this study area is

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 135 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Particulars District Tehsil Study area 1 Scheduled Class % 11.41 3.80 3.57 2 Scheduled Tribe % 3.91 12.58 11.38 3 Less privileged Total 15.40 16.38 14.95 The Schedule Caste population here is lower than those in District, but comparable with the Tahsil. While the Scheduled Tribe population here in the study area is lower than the Tehsil and much higher than the District figures. This has historical and geographical reasons.

Livelihood: The main occupation in the study area is related to natural resources of land. The people are engaged in agriculture either of their own piece of land or on the masters'. The remaining, forest being limited source, family members get engaged in other activities else they cannot survive. Therefore non- worker percentage here is far low in Tehsil (46.34%) and 49.56% in study area than the non-workers non- employed people in Pune District as (59.68%). Though, presently this is a hand to mouth scenario, improvement in the situation is expected by developments.

3.10.5. Transportation & communication There is presence of this District on the railway map. There is also a good roads network. In the vicinity of the project there are good road connections and benefit will go to people. In the Influence Zone, major villages are connected by road network. However the surfacing is required to be improved in some villages. Smaller 'wadis' remain secluded. The presence of activities like this is catalytic to the road development

3.10.6. Employment & Wages Following information was obtained during survey:

• Non-Worker percentage in study area is comparable with Tehsil. This can be improved by industry. • The Total worker percentage in vocations of agriculture in the study area is overall comparable (though slightly lower) with the Tahsil figures. Thus agricultural support is less. Hence industry necessary. • Whatever employment appears only restricted more to male population, as main workers. • In Agricultural vocation too women participation is lower as cultivator, but higher as labour. In marginal employment, however female are engaged more. However this is exploitation without any financial intendance to women. • There appears to be low for dependable livelihood for other avenues as livestock, forestry, fishing, hunting, plantation, orchards & allied activities, mining-quarrying, Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing & Repairs in Household Industries, Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing & Repairs in other than Household Industries, construction, trade & commerce, transport-storage & communication and other services at present. All this leads to one conclusion that industrialization or activities of construction has to be stepped up

• To provide more livelihood • To provide Male employment with Women participation • By this activity of disciplined industry, the land use pattern is not affected 3.10.7. Community

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 136 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

The people here are largely supported by agriculture. This has only rain-fed support and hence there is a limit for gainful employment. This will slowly improve as irrigation and industrialization may take place. In spite of this, when visited the area it was found that Government has supported this area by facilities.This industry will also try to support the nearby villages as a part of CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility).

3.10.8. Heritage From this center of activity we do not have in proximity Archaeological, Monument, Airport, Ports, National Park, Religious places, Resorts, Other Historical places. As all these sensitive points are well outside the influence zone and as nature of production is not complex or chemical oriented, the proposed activity is not capable of creating any significant effect, let alone adverse.

# Type Name & Description Karla caves 1 Archaeological Bhaje caves Shaniwar Wada, Pune Sinhgad Fort Shivneri Fort Chakan Ground Fort Rajgad Fort 2 Monument Torana Fort Purundar Fort Wadhu Budruk, Samadhi Defense INS Shivaji Lonavala 3 installation Southern Command, Pune 4 Airport Lohogaon Dehu Alandi Bhimashankar temple Sopandeo Samadhi Saswad Khandoba Temple Jejuri Ashta Vinayak Temple, Morgaon Ashta Vinayak Temple, Ranjangaon Ashta Vinayak Temple, Ozar 5 Religion Ashta Vinayak Temple, Theur Ashta Vinayak Temple, Lenyadri Ashta Vinayak Temple, Siddhtek Bhulshwar temple Baneshwar Kamar Ali Darvesh Darga, Khed Shivapur Bhimashankar 6 Sanctuary Supa Conclusion In the last Chapter, the new activity and its environment friendly nature is examined. The present environmental setting is discussed in this Chapter. The new activity alters the land use planning for better, fits in present Government Policy and other related matters are shown. The existing environment (both natural and man-made) is discussed by collective information from many sources. Statistics is provided for various media such as air, noise, water, solids, soils and biology. Present social and economic status is discussed and to what extent, if any, it is sensitive is found out. Now, this Project is already socially accepted organization and is committed to the ecological restoration and maximizes social benefits. The community development and rehabilitation efforts as may be reasonably expected will be undertaken.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 137 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES Introduction Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality during pre-and post-project execution.

Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are attributed directly by the project and secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investment and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed actions.

Impact and Mitigation Measures During construction phase

Approx. 150 nos. of labours shall be employed during installation phase for the project which includes installing new machinery and units of the plant.

Table 4-1 Anticipated environment impacts during construction phase Sr. Impacts Effects Mitigation Measures No. Increase in Dust All the internal Roads are tar felted Dust separation 1 Respiratory diseases concentration sprinkling water, use machinery meeting Provide acoustic measures and silencer pads to Impairing, Hearing, Increase in noise reduce noise level. 2 Fatigue related Health levels Provide personal protective equipment to the issues workers. Utilize the existing infrastructures and adopt Change in Land Reduction of vacant 3 vertical expansion and maximize the operation use land schedules. Removal of Top 4 Loss of fertility Utilize for Green belt development. soil Increase in Additional water is Minimize the water requirements by adopting 5 water required construction mechanical mixing and Drinking water in Bottles consumption activities and Drinking instead of Taps. Domestic wastewater shall be treated based on Root Improper disposal of zone technology and treated wastewater shall be Increase in waste water leads to used for gardening. 6 wastewater contamination of water The wastewater shall be treated in the ETP and generation sources and soil treated wastewater shall be used for Gardening/Greenbelt.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 138 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

During operational phase The project proponent to expand sugar crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD, and distillery capacity from 160 KLPD to 300 KLPD at Village Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra. The features of the project and its management for environmental protection measures have been detailed in earlier chapter. The various impacts arising from the above-mentioned activities are described below:

4.2.1. Impact on Land Environment Table 4-2 Land use patter of the industry Sr. % of Description Area in Sq. m No. Area Existing 34803.0 1 Built Up 43677.00 9.15 Proposed 8874.0 2 Area under utilities 85295.00 17.86 3 Area under road 39983.00 8.37 4 Green Belt Area 170000.00 35.59 5 Parking Area 71120.00 14.89 vacant Area 67525.00 14.14 Total Plot Area 477600.00 100.00 Table 4-3 Anticipated impact and corresponding mitigation measure proposed for impact on land environment

IMPACTS MITIGATION MEASURES Existing area is adequate for expansion. No Impact on land-use due to construction/ expansion. additional burden on land requirement, as seen in Table 4-2. The study area constitutes of 355.70 sq km area. It is suggested that scientific green belt Following impacts are identified which can affect the development and plantation of local and study area. The project site is an existing factory and there indigenous species within the project site will is no expansion w.r.t. area is proposed in this application. mitigate the negative effects of the industrial unit Therefore, no additional impact is envisaged on the land and help to increase vegetation cover. use which can originate from change in landuse pattern. Proper segregation and disposal of solid waste Land pollution can occur if unsegregated solid waste or will be ensured to avoid any impacts on the sludge from the factory is disposed in the surrounding surrounding area. It is also necessary to dispose area. Due to plantation and green belt development carried the solid waste as per prevailing norms and out by the existing industrial unit positive impact on regulations. vegetation cover can be observed within the project site Inhouse treatment of effluent and recycling of As per the hydrology and considering the drainage pattern maximum water within the site will ensure in the study area, Madanwadi reservoir is located minimum environmental degradation of downstream of the project site approx. 2.5 km towards surrounding land and waterbodies. It is to be east. Water pollution can occur in case the untreated assured that no treated or untreated effluent is effluent is discharged from the site. disposed on surface waterbodies.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 139 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

4.2.2. Impact on Soil Impact on soil owing to the installation activity at site would include physical and chemical degradation and pollution of soil. Primary nutrient profile of the project site as given in chapter-3 shows that soil is medium in fertility due to the low amount of Nitrogen. Adding bio-fertilizer to enrich Nitrogen, phosphorous & Potassium and micro nutrients and enhance the fertility of soil. Several environment management measures will be implemented to minimize soil erosion and other impacts such as removal and use of top soil from construction activity for plantation, and construction of silt traps etc. A planned and properly designed plantation scheme and green belt development along with landscaping will minimize the impacts on soil.

Table 4-4 Anticipated impact and proposed mitigation measure on the Soil Environment due to operation of proposed project Impacts Mitigation measures Procedures for maintenance of equipment and storage and disposal facilities of hazardous waste and chemicals would ensure that this risk is minimized and clean-up response is rapid if any spill occurs. Contamination of soil (spillages The tankers, drums etc., would be ISO approved and as per the of (oils, hazardous waste etc) specifications of internationally approved vendor so as to minimize any spillage of Hazardous waste. therefore there would be no impact on soil after this precaution is ensured. Paved areas at the boundary will be developed with permeable Deposition of silt and sand with paving & impermeable surfaces are laid in the factory area and all storm water collection. runoff is passed through a catch pit to storm water Harvesting pit, to recharge Ground water.

Installation of drainage ditches, Runoff and retention ponds, Erosion of soil minimize disturbances and scarification of the surface is being done.

4.2.3. Impact on Air Environment Table 4-5 Anticipated impact and proposed mitigation measure on the Air Environment due to operation of proposed project Sr.No. Impacts Effects Mitigation Measures Respiratory Diseases, A stack height of 80 meters and ESP as an Increase in PM 1 Damage to property and APC equipment shall be provided to reduce concentration crops. PM concentration. Bagasse is used as a fuel in boilers. The Cause Acid Rain, Damage sulfur content in bagasse is 0.05% which is to property and Increase in SO negligible. 2 2 Respiratory system of concentration The stack height as per the CPCB criteria human being Damage i.e 80 meters will be provided and is vegetation. adequate for the dispersion of SO2. Formation of smog, Fuel switching, Increase in NOx Formation of Ozone, Fuel Gas recirculation, 3 concentration Formation of Acid rain, Low NOx Burners, Respiration diseases Selective catalytic Reduction.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 140 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Table 4-6 Anticipated impact and proposed mitigation measure on the Air Environment due to D.G. Sets Sr. Impacts Effects Mitigation Measures No. Increase in PM Provide stack height of 6.0 m 1 Respiratory Diseases. concentration above roof level Respiratory Diseases formation of Selection of proper fuel, 2 CO, HC, NOx, SO2 Secondary pollutants, corrosion of improvements in combustion Equipment. efficiency Noise Standards provide Impairing, Hearing, Fatigue related personal equipment to 3 Increase in Noise levels Health issues. workers, enclosures to DG sets silencer pads etc. 4.2.4. Impact on Water Environment Table 4-7 Impact and mitigation analysis for the proposed unit

Impacts Mitigation Measures Runoff from the site leading to off-site contamination During the installation period, runoff from site shall not be allowed to (Particularly during rainy stand (abground water logging) or enter into the roadside or nearby season). Disposal of domestic drains. wastewater from temporary labor restrooms. Depletion of ground water. No abstraction of Ground water. The details of quantiy of effluent generated from sugar and co-generation power plant, its treatment scheme and disposal arrangement are given in table below

Sr. Quantity Treatment technology and Description No. MT/D disposal Treated in Sugar ETP based on Sugar factory primary and secondary 1 660 trade effluent treatment and disposed on land Impact on surface & ground for irrigation Treated along with sugar factory water quality due to improper Co-generation effluent based on primary and disposal of waste water. 2 Power plant 237 secondary treatment and effluent disposed on land for irrigation Treated in condensate polishing unit based on primary, Excess 3 3600 secondary and tertiary treatment Condensates ad reused as process water or utilities Septic tank followd by soak pit Domestic 4 160 and disposed on land for effluent gardening

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 141 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Impacts Mitigation Measures

The effluent streams are separated into strong stream (Spentwash) and weak stream (Spentlees, Utilities process condensates etc). The details of quantity of effluent generated its treatment scheme and disposal arrangements for each raw material are given in table below. Sr. Concentrated Raw Material To CPU No. Spentwash C Molasses for 120 MT/D to 60 KLPD and Composting and 1 B Heavy 1478 270 MT/D to molasses for Incinerator boiler 240 KLPD B” Heavy 120 MT/D to Molasses Composting and 2 1404 166 MT/D to Incinerator boiler Sugarcane 120 MT/D to Juice/ Syrup Composting and 3 1798 117 MT/D to Incinerator boiler Used as fuel in Treated in CPU based Incinerator boiler on primary,secondary alomg with coal. and tertiary treatment Treatment The incinerator and reused as process Scheme boiler ash shall be water or for utilities sold as potash rich manure to farmers Grains as raw 740 4 100 material Treated in CPU based on primary,secondary Treatment Used as cattle feed and tertiary treatment Scheme and reused as process water or for utilities - Adopt dry-cleaning methods and collect the leakages, spillages and reprocess, the effluent. - Provide a separate storage pond and add in a controlled manner to ETP, to avoid shock loading Table 4-8 Impact on water environment due to ETP

Sr.No. Impacts Effects Mitigation Measures Can destroy Biological Activity 1 pH Correct pH by Neutralization and cause sludge bulking High BOD depletes DO in aeration Characterize the Input BOD 2 BOD tanks and reduces of BOD removal concentration and take necessary steps. efficiency. The factory shall be constructing an

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 142 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr.No. Impacts Effects Mitigation Measures equalization tank. Install Mechanical Oil separators and 3 Oil & Grease Reduces oxygen transfer capacity. minimize use of oils for lubrication/Mechanical seals. MLSS F/M ratios shall get altered Increase/Reduce the Recirculation Ratio 4 concentration resulting in poor efficiency. of sludge to maintain F/M Ratio. High TDS could affect ETP High TDS stream shall not be permitted 5 TDS performance. into ETP. Monitor the streams regulate. BOD: N: P of 100:5:1 is essential Nitrogen & Add DNP to maintain Nutrients 6 for Biological growth and Phosphates availability. Multiplication. 4.2.5. Impact Due to Solid Waste Table 4-9 Impact and mitigation analysis for the proposed unit in respect of solid waste management Impacts Mitigation Measures Sr. Description Quantity Mode of collection UOM No. of waste Existing Proposed Total and disposal Suagr and cogeneration unit Fly/ Boiler Sell to brick 1 18.73 20 38.73 MT/D ash manufacturers After drying, it 2 ETP Sludge 150 150 300 MT/A will be sold for brick kiln Mixed with concentrated 3 Pressmud 360 360 720 MT/D spentwash as filler material and treated in composting Distillery unit ‘Solid waste Sold as potash rich (Non-Hazardous) Incineration manure to farmers 1 26 28 54 MT/D boiler ash after mixing with pressmud Fly/ Boiler Sell to brick 2 0.6 -- 0.6 MT/D ash manufacturers Yeast 3 Sludge a C Molasses 15 0 15 B Heavy After drying, it b 13 11 24 Molasses MT/D will be sold for c Cane Juice 0 5 5 brick kiln d Grains 0 10 10 Other solid waste Canteen 1 1.5 1.0 2.5 MT/D Composting waste

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 143 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Impacts Mitigation Measures Sr. Description Quantity Mode of collection UOM No. of waste Existing Proposed Total and disposal Suagr and cogeneration unit Fly/ Boiler Sell to brick 1 18.73 20 38.73 MT/D ash manufacturers After drying, it 2 ETP Sludge 150 150 300 MT/A will be sold for brick kiln Mixed with concentrated 3 Pressmud 360 360 720 MT/D spentwash as filler material and treated in composting Distillery unit ‘Solid waste Sold as potash rich (Non-Hazardous) Incineration manure to farmers 1 26 28 54 MT/D boiler ash after mixing with pressmud Fly/ Boiler Sell to brick 2 0.6 -- 0.6 MT/D ash manufacturers Yeast 3 Sludge a C Molasses 15 0 15 B Heavy After drying, it b 13 11 24 Molasses MT/D will be sold for c Cane Juice 0 5 5 brick kiln d Grains 0 10 10 Other solid waste Canteen 1 1.5 1.0 2.5 MT/D Composting waste

Hazardous solid The only hazardous waste generated is spent oil of quantity is 2.0 KL/annum, which shall waste be collected in Leak Proof Containers and utilized as lubricant for bullock carts 4.2.6. Impact on Noise Environment Noise would be an inevitable due to proposed Baramati Agro Limited. At Post Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra.

Noise expected during Construction Phase.

Noise could be generated during construction activities such as cutting, drilling, transportation of material, loading and unloading, welding, dumping etc. Noise at these sources shall be estimated beforehand and a proper and appropriate mitigation has to be taken to protect the effect of noise on workers. The construction activities that can create noise should not be carried out during night time. The workers should be trained to take precautionary measures due to noise during construction. All the equipment during construction should be operated in a controlled manner. The equipment that create more noise should not be operated simultaneously. The following table gives the tentative noise that could be generated with construction equipment.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 144 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Construction Equipment Noise expected in dB (A) Dozers, Dumpers 95-100 Plumber 90-95 Front end loaders 85-95 Elevator installer 90-100 Excavators 85-90 Rebar worker 90-100 Backhoes 80-90 Carpenter 85-90 Scrapers 90-100 Concrete form finisher 90-100 Mobile Cranes 95-105 Dry wall installer 85-95 Compressors 75-85 Steel stud installer 90-100 Pavers 95-105 Labourer – road construction 80-90 Rollers (compactors) 85-95 Labourers – formwork 80-95 Bar Benders 80-100 Labourers – shovel hardcore 80-100 Pneumatic breakers 85-110 Labourers – concrete pour 85-100 Hydraulic breakers 85-100 Hoist operator 90-105 Graders, trucks, concrete pumps & mixers, generators 80-95 Labourers-– drains & roughing concrete 90-105 Concrete batch plant operator 80-95 Tile setter 92 Poker vibrators 90-105 Pneumatic chipper/chisel 100-110 Saws 80-95 Compactor 95-110 Piledrivers (diesel & pneum.) 90-100 Electric drill 100-105 Pile drivers (gravity, bored) 80-90 Air track drill 100-115 Noise expected during Operation Phase. Noise would be an inevitable by –product of the operation Baramati Agro Limited. At Post Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra. As it is proposed unit, most of the process would be in distillation unit and there would not be much of noise. The noise that would be generated from the unit would be from DG set, compressors and pumps available in the company. The tentative noise that can be expected from the following operating equipment are:

Operation Equipment Noise expected in dB (A) D G sets 95-100 Motors 90-95 Compressors 85-95 Pumps 90-100

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 145 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Noise Impact Assessment and Mitigation measures.

Noise would be an inevitable due to proposed expansion of Baramati Agro Limited. At Post Shetphalgade, Tehsil Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra. Some methods of noise pollution control have been outlined in Table below. During the survey, it was found that some people in the nearby villages can hear noise from the industry during operation

Table 4-10 Anticipated impacts and mitigation measures for the noise environment for the proposed project Noise sources Impact and Evaluation Mitigation Measures During The labors could get annoyance and • Selection of quieter tools/ machines. Construction can lose concentration during Equipment activity construction work. It can cause • Enclose the noise sources disturbance during working. The • Hearing protection by ear mufflers ear of labors can get damage. In • Reduction of noise by placing long exposure, labors can get temporary noise barriers nerves system affected due to noise. During Operation The workers could get annoyance • Ensure hand-held concrete breakers and can lose concentration during are muffled operation. It can cause disturbance • Maintain machines regularly - they during working. The ear of workers will be quieter can get damage. In long exposure, • Locate noisy machines away from workers can get nerves system main areas of activity. affected due to noise. • Fit silencers to combustion engines. . Ensure they are in good condition and work effectively • Keep machinery covers and panels closed and well fitted. Bolts/fasteners done up tightly avoid rattles • Enclose the DG sets with appropriate sheets so that noise shall not dissipate. • Hearing protection by ear mufflers • Check for noise problems. • Switch off engines or reduce to idle when not in use Other measures

Noise could cause serious health hazard and could damage ear of workers.

The following Precautionary measures are to be adopted in the proposed project.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 146 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Proper care will be taken at the time of installation to insulate/enclose all the noise sources to avoid occupational exposure to the workers and also to minimize the generation of excess noise level. • Monitor the ambient noise level and work zone noise level as per the monitoring schedules to conform the stipulated norms. • Noise attenuation devices such as ear mufflers must be provided to the workers in the high noise exposure areas. Vibration:

There could not be any impact due to vibration, because the plant operation do not create any vibration, however, care should be taken during construction of proposed plant.

4.2.7. Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity Table 4-11 Anticipated impacts and mitigation measures for the ecological environment for the proposed project Attribute Mitigation Measures & remark on Significance Whether by habitat modifications, This is an existing industry working over the years. Precautions any impact on any species? are being taken, and no tree cutting is in plan. In fact, more and more tree-plantation of native plants is in progress within a green belt area in and around the project site and in the distillery premises.

Whether due to emission of any This is an agro-based industry and is not involved in such pungent odour, any impact on any odourous raw materials or processes. The product is fit for human species. consumption.

• Water use is minimized. Waste water is minimum. • Secondary treatment is fully aerobic. • No evaporation through solar ponds Whether due to emission of any There are two periods of noise generation namely during (1) noise, any impact on animals/ fauna? construction and (2) operation.

Construction period. • Provision of caps on the construction equipment and their regular maintenance keeps the noise level within 75 dB (A). • Equipment’s are provided with silencers and mufflers. • High noise producing construction activities will be restricted to daytime only. • Workers deployed in high noise areas will be provided with necessary protective devices such as ear plug, ear- muffs etc. Operation period

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 147 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Attribute Mitigation Measures & remark on Significance • Noise barriers will be provided around DG sets and noise prone areas • Protective instruments will be provided to workers and their use must be compulsory • Curtain of trees to mitigate the noise generation • High noise producing activities will be restricted to day time only Whether there will be Excessive Light will hardly penetrate in large focus. The road lights are kept light? It disorients such animals that for avoiding accidents but are not glaring and turned downwards. follow light, like moths, Insects, There is large tree barrier. Thus in this existing unit we have not the honey bee. found any such glaring adverse impact. Precautions will be taken further.

Whether the project could interfere The project will be a ZLD, zero liquid discharge going outside on fisheries, wildlife native resident the premises and hence cannot interfere on fisheries. This is also or migratory true for wildlife native resident. Further there is no wildlife corridor or nursery in the vicinity and the working of existing unit has not shown any adverse effect.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 148 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

The technologies for the treatment and safe disposal of spent wash- most polluting element from distilleries and the site selection criteria are discussed in this chapter. Traditionally, the spent wash was used for irrigation of crops and for composting with press mud from sugar mills as filler material. At several places in the country, it used to be spread on land in an uncontrolled fashion, resulting in destruction of agricultural land and pollution of ground water. When it was not possible to use it on land, it was often discharged in surface waters affecting the riparian rights of other users of the water body. The new recommendations of CPCB/ MoEF & CC imposed a restriction on such utilization, of spent wash on agricultural land. Therefore, it has become necessary to look for technologies to reduce the volume and concentrate the spent wash, so that it can be handled effectively without damaging the environment.

This Industry has decided to undertake an “Alternative Analysis (AA)” for this project. The various alternatives are (1) Product (2) Raw materials, (3) Technology, Engineering & Hardware, (4) Site, and (5) No-Project

• Availability of raw material/fuel • Proximity of molasses as a raw material and cost-effective transportation logistics • Availability of water supply • The availability of water from the source is adequate to meet the requirement of the proposed sugar & distillery expansion. For proposed project water will be sourced from Ujani dam • Availability of infrastructural facility Industrial infrastructural facilities such as roads, transport, security, water, power, administration etc. are available with existing factory. Community facilities such as quarters, medical services, education and training facility etc. are also available at site.

Selection of alternatives technology The technology selection is done on the basis of following considerations

• Indigenous technology • Least stress on resources • Reduce, recycle and reuse of wastes • Reduce the pollution from the industry • No risk to human and property Technologies for concentration of Spent wash (Source: CPCB Guidelines for ZLD, Jan 2015) i. Anaerobic digestion – Biogas ii. Reverse osmosis RO) - Permeate/Reject iii. Multiple effect evaporation (MEE) – Concentrate/Process condensate i. Anaerobic digestion:

• Well established technology. Almost all distilleries have anaerobic digesters.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 149 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Digesters designed for COD loading rate of 5 kg/m3/day has given best performance. • CSTR and UASB based digesters are more suitable for molasses based distilleries. • BOD removal efficiency- 85-90%, COD removal efficiency- 55-65%, Specific biogas generation (NM3/kg of COD consumed)-0.45-0.55, Methane content of biogas- 55-65%, H2S content of biogas- 2-4%. ii. Reverse osmosis (RO) System:

• Spent wash volume can be reduced by 45-55% for Bio-methanation Spent Wash (BSW) & 35- 45% for Raw Spent Wash (RSW). • Permeate can be used after pH correction. Hence, fresh process & non-process water requirement is reduced. • Permeate recovery- BSW: Average - 45 -55%, Raw SW: Average - 35 - 45 % • Permeate can be recycled after proper treatment as make- up water in CTs or for molasses dilution. • Operational cost (about Rs.0.60 per cum) is slightly lesser than MEE plants. iii. Multi Effects Evaporator (MEE):

• Well established technology for concentration up to 40% solids, which can result in substantial Spent Wash volume reduction. • Some MEE plants are susceptible to scaling above 2000 ppm SS in the feed. • Process condensate requires polishing treatment before reuse in process and non-process applications. • Integrated RSW evaporation can result in reduction of final Spent Wash volume to 3.5 to 6.5 lit. /lit without additional steam requirement depending on fermentation technology employed. • Scaling is severe when product concentration is above 50% solids and it is extremely difficult to remove the scaling. iv. Technologies for drying/ incineration of concentrated Spent wash a. Spray dryer / rotary dryer b. Slop fired boiler a. Spray dryer/ rotary dryer: • Calorific value of dried powder is about 2200 Kcal/Kg, moisture content 4-5%. • Disposal of dried power is not standardized. At some distilleries, it is used as supplementary fuel along with agro based fuel in boilers whereas at some of the distilleries being sold as fertilizer. b. Slop fired boiler: • 55 to 60 % solids concentrate or spent wash powder is fired in a specially designed boiler with or without subsidiary fuel. Steam generated runs a TG set to generate electricity. Exhaust steam is used in distillery and evaporation plant operations. • Overall system is supposed to be self-sustaining in terms of steam and power balance after initial stabilization period. Potash rich ash as a by-product. • Slop fired boilers are in operation in India since 2006 and distilleries/ technology suppliers have reported addressing various bottle necks through improved design/ innovative technologies.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 150 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Co-processing of concentrated spent wash:

Spent wash can be effectively disposed of in the cement kiln system through co-processing route to substitute coal up to 5% without adversely affecting the kiln performance and product quality. Coprocessing of spent wash concentrate in cement kiln have successfully been put to trial run and can be adopted by distilleries, in lieu of captive slop fired boiler, for spent wash management to achieve zero liquid discharge, subject to the availability of adequate kiln capacity and necessary logistic arrangements. Co-processing could be a cost effective alternate option for attainment of ZLD by distilleries which have already installed evaporation-concentration facilities, depending upon their location suitability. However many cement plants are not keen in accepting the SW due to transportation /handling /storage/ scaling/distance etc.

The suggested Technological Options for Achieving ZLD may include:

• Bio-methanation followed by R.O/MEE followed by drying (spray/rotary). • Bio-methanation followed by R.O/MEE followed by incineration (slop fired). • Concentration through MEE followed by co-processing in cement/ thermal power plant. • Concentration through MEE followed by incineration (slop fired). • Bio-methanation and RO followed by MEE followed by bio-composting. Selection of Alternatives Site The existing site is more suitable on the following counts as well as for infrastructure optimization. The criteria kept for candidate sites included

• Availability of raw materials • Purity of raw materials • Ease of conveyance of raw materials • Desire of Government for industrialization in that area • Availability of market • Dispatch facilities of finished products • Power and water supply, without encroaching on need of others • Protection of agricultural lands • Maximizing infrastructure capacity utilization Some part of this District is socio-economically backward and the government has a desire to improve its status. The land of the District as a whole cannot be said to be of a prime agricultural importance. The pollution generation from this industry is finally made insignificant having taken all the precautions from raw material selection up to low or no waste generation and conversion. This site has a connecting road and has approachability. This site is connected with State Electricity Board power. When various sites were seen, this site appeared to be environmentally best as also from the business angle and therefore this option was finally adopted.

On the four sides of this particular site we have only open fields. There is no dense habitation within one km. The normal wind direction is found to be favourable at this site.

It is found that:

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 151 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Majority of the villages are engaged in agriculture. • All these villages have road network connected. • None of these villages have fully satisfactory amenities like medical facilities, education, employment, transportation, communication. • All are provided with drinking water from wells or Government Water Supply Schemes RWS. • The population is limited. In addition to the above, there is no sensitive establishment in the vicinity such as health resort, hospital, archaeological monuments, sanctuaries, etc. The following factors within the study area have also been considered:

• There is no National Park or Wild Life Sanctuary in close proximity. • There are no metropolitan cities. • There are no ecologically sensitive areas in nearby vicinity. Considering all these facilities available, the site was selected for the proposed expansion of B heavy molasses and sugarcane juice based distillery project.

5.2.1. No-Project In this option, it is required to be considered as to whether it is more advantageous to the Nation; not to commence at all the production proposed. The district statistical Census report and Gazetteer of the District clearly states that the socio-economic conditions in this district are very low. They will, therefore, need a reasonable industrialization. On this background in order to support the national requirement, industry has proposed activity to produce national wealth from waste. In other words if a “No Project” option is selected the repercussions will be widely felt around. Therefore, No Project option cannot be entertained.

It is noteworthy that the activity now proposed will support this cause of National productivity, of saving the foreign exchange, of providing employment and in an environmentally friendly manner.

5.2.2. Conclusion In any human activity there are always possibilities of finding various options. SSAIL has decided to examine and adopt one such option that will be both environment friendly and best suited for production - process. Various alternatives in terms of product, raw material selection, technology, engineering and equipment are considered.

Considering the available technological options, the industry has decided to adopt the technology of Bio- methanation in Biogas plant followed by concentration through MEE followed by Incineration in incinerator boiler as a primary treatment for generated spent wash. The effluent coming as miscellaneous streams i.e. process condensate, blow down etc. will be treated using Condensate Polishing Unit technology. Overall, this technology will allow the proponent to achieve “Zero Liquid Discharge” for the proposed B heavy molasses and sugarcane juice based distillery.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 152 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME Introduction: Environmental monitoring Program is an essential tool for sustainable development. An environmental monitoring program provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits, and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. An environmental monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

• Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures. • Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan & implementation of mitigation measures planned. • Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental monitors and provides means of effective communication among them regarding the environmental issues. • Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters and frequency of monitoring. • Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if any. • Identify training requirement at various levels. • Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to Plan additional mitigation measures 6.1.1. Environmental policy • Comply with relevant laws and regulations as well as any additional measures to maintain sustainable environment. • Adopt a systematic approach of EMP for continual improvement. • Prevent pollution and recycle, reuse and reduce wastes. • Minimize emission by using clean fuels. • Conserve resources by efficient operation and processes. • Develop green belt in and around plant area to absorb green house gases. • Create awareness to employees to avoid spillages, wastages and also general public for clean and healthy environment. • Safety and health of employees is the prime and utmost priority of the Management. • The waste minimization would reduce the capital as well as recurring expenditure on ETP and also disposal of treated effluent. 6.1.2. Organizational commitment The Management commits to achieve the regulatory standards beyond specified consent conditions by adopting modern technologies of waste management and recycle and reuse of treated waste water. The Management commits socio-economic development of the command area by establishing Schools, infrastructure facilities such as roads, drinking water and health centers etc. as a part of Corporate Social Responsibility.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 153 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

6.1.3. Environmental impact assessment As the base line data is already established, the industry shall evaluate the positive and negative impacts after the expansion and establishment of new projects from time to time and incorporate the necessary mitigation measures to maintain the sustainable environment by carrying out regular monitoring and upgrading the technology wherever found nessesary.

Objectives and targets Table 6-1 Objectives and target completion Sr. Date of Responsible Object Target Supervisor No. completion agency Water To achieve irrigation / stream Along with the Management Consultant / 1. pollution standards/ recycle as process commissioning /Consultant/ Management Control water of the plant. Contractor To achieve the concentration of pollutants bellow source emission standards Management Air Pollution 1. PM < 150 mg/Nm3 /Consultant/ Management/ 2. -do- Control 2. SOx < 80 mg/Nm3 Equipment Consultant 3. NOx< 80 mg/Nm3 Manufacture and maintain the ambient air quality as per NAAQ standards Management/ Continuously As per environmental clearance Management Regulatory Environmental during the 3 conditions/ consent to operate /Third party agency/ Quality operation of conditions. evaluation. Third party the industry. evaluation. Management/ To achieve noise level standards During Regulatory by incorporating acoustic constructional 4 Noise control Management agency/ measures, silencer pads and & operational Third party enclosures etc phase. evaluation. To treat water to make it fit for Domestic gardening/irrigation by Along with the 5 waste adopting appropriate treatment commissioning Management Management Management technologies such as Root Zone of the plant Technology Study the changes of flora & Creation of Ecology & fauna within the factory base line data Management/ 6 Management Biodiversity premises well as in the study & periodical Consultant area. evaluation Green belt development as per Being 7 Green Belt Management Management the CPCB guidelines implemented 8 Rain water Cover all the structures/ open With the Management Management

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 154 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. Date of Responsible Object Target Supervisor No. completion agency Harvesting area for collection/ storage & establishment recharge. of industry Periodically Occupational To achieve the safety of the after 9 Health & employees and avoid the Management Management commissioning Safety accidents to 100%. of the project Environmental management cell pattern and reporting The industry shall establish environmental management cell consisting of a qualified Environmental Engineer supported by Environmental Chemist. The organizational structure of environmental cell is as below.

Figure 6-1 Hierachal structure of the organization for reporting

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 155 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Monitoring points/locations and components Environmental monitoring plan is decided by considering the environmental impact likely to occur due to operation of the project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track regularly and assess the changes in the environmental condition and to take timely action to protect the environment.

Post project monitoring parameters and frequency Table 6-2 Parameters and frequency for post project environmental monitoring SR. FREQUENCY OF ITEM PARAMETERS LOCATION NO MONITORING 5 Locations Ambient Air 1 @ Upwind and 2@ quality at downwind directions 24 hourly, 1. appropriate location PM , PM , SO and NO from stack @ 1200 to 10 2.5 2, x Quarterly for PM10, PM2.5, each other

SO2,and NOx, Near entry and exit gates Stationary Emission from 1 DG set Stack, 2. PM, SO , NOx Monthly Stack 2 2 Boiler Stack

PM, SO2, NOx Water quality parameters as Drinking water Water Monthly per 10500:2012 locations 3. Waste water quality ETP inlet and Outlet pH, BOD, COD, TSS, Flow, (treated and Monthly CPU Inlet and outlet TDS etc. Untreated) Spentwash 6 Locations Upwind and Day and Night levels Quarterly or as 4. Noise downwind directions Equivalent noise level- dB (A) often as required Near boilers and near main gate and ETP. pH, Cation Exchange Soil (Qualitative 1 near Greenbelt Capacity, Total Nitrogen, and quantitative 1 near ETP Phosphorous, Potassium, Quarterly or as 5. testing/analysis to Composite sample moisture, Permeability, often as required check the soil shall be taken at each Conductivity, Texture & fertility,) location structure, Organic carbon Solid waste generation 6. Manual record keeping To be updated daily monitoring / Record Keeping Greenbelt and Type of species shall be 7 plantation decided based on soil & Six Monthly monitoring climatic conditions. The

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 156 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

SR. FREQUENCY OF ITEM PARAMETERS LOCATION NO MONITORING number of trees would be 1500 per hectare, however; the number of trees would vary depending on the type of soil Maintain the data of raw materials consumption, steam consumption, vehicle Carbon and Water frequency for transport of raw 8 foot Print Daily and Monthly materials, effluent generation, Monitoring air emissions, hazardous waste generation, and raw material recovery Documentation Records of Environment Clearance, Consent to Operate, Air Quality, Solid Waste Disposal and wastewater treatment plant operations, water quality and all the EC conditions shall be maintained, Environmental Statement Form – V, Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989, compliance reports and uploaded in the Company website. It is suggested to publish the environmental quality in and around the factory in local newspapers.

Laboratory facilities The industry shall establish laboratory facilities to carry Air, Noise, Soil, Water and Wastewater analysis. The important lists of equipment are given, as guidance. The Environment cell shall use these facilities to monitor the treatment plant efficiency and also the effect of treated effluent on land and ground and surface water quality. Similarly, the stack emissions, ambient air quality & Noise levels are to be monitored regularly. The instruments are to be calibrated as per the specifications and in any case at least once in a year.

Training It is suggested to send the staff regularly for training to educational, R&D institutes, Pollution Control Boards - Centers of excellence. They shall be also deputed to workshops and seminars. The usefulness and implementation of the training shall be reviewed by the top management. In order to understand legislation and recent development in the field, the management has been advised to purchase all the publications of the CPCB and subscribe to journals

Operational and emergency plan The factory shall prepare a Disaster Management Plan and organize regular meetings of the workers to exchange the ideas on the procedures to be followed to maintain clean and healthy environment to avoid fire and accidents. The mock drills are to be organized regularly. A safety officer shall be appointed with supporting staff.

Waste minimization options

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 157 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

The industry shall adopt various options for waste minimization by proper in plant control measures, good housekeeping practices and process modifications etc.

Water recycling The water recycling approach shall be the major loop to conserve water.

Interlocking the process with ETP performance and air emissions Even though it is advisable to stop the operations if there are upset conditions in ETP or APC performance, it is suggested to find alternative approaches such as diverting the effluent into panic ponds. In case of failure of APC, the ground level concentrations do not increase beyond 1500 meter from the stack and thus may not have much adverse impact on the Habitation of village shetphalgade. However, the workers shall be advised to use masks instead of installing stand by APC equipment.

EMP Budget of industry The costs involved in environmental monitoring and management to mitigate the adverse effects will be put on account for the proposed project. The capital cost for the EMP will be Rs. 1100 Lakhs. And recurring cost will be Rs. 165 Lakhs per annum. The detailed EMP budget is given in table below

Table 6-3 EMP Budget of industry CAPITAL RECURRING SR. COMPONENT PARTICULARS INVESTMENT INVESTMENT NO. (IN LAKHS) (IN LAKHS) Construction of new stack for boiler 1. Air 400 40 and ESP • Upgradation of ETP 2. Water • Upgradation Sugar and distillery 500 80 CPU Acoustic enclosures, Silencer pads, ear 3. Noise 40 5 plugs etc Quarterly Environment Monitoring (Per Year) PM , PM , SO , Ambient air 10 2.5 2 Environment monitoring NOx 4. monitoring and Boiler & DG -- 10 TPM, SO , NOx Management Set Monitoring 2 Effluent pH, COD, BOD, (Treated TSS, TDS, Oil & &Untreated) Grease Gloves, Breathing Masks, Gloves, Boots, Helmets, Ear Plugs etc. & annual health- Occupational 5. medical checkup of workers, 60 5 Health Occupational Health (training, OH center)

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 158 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

CAPITAL RECURRING SR. COMPONENT PARTICULARS INVESTMENT INVESTMENT NO. (IN LAKHS) (IN LAKHS) Green belt development activity 30 6. Greenbelt Maintenance of green belt -- 5 Solid Waste 7. Solid Waste Management 50 10 Management Rain water 8. Rain water harvesting 20 5 harvesting Maintain the data of raw materials consumption, steam consumption, Carbon and vehicle frequency for transport of raw 9. Water Foot -- 5 materials, effluent generation, air Print emissions, hazardous waste generation, and raw material recovery TOTAL COST (INR, LAKHS) 1100 165 References • Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater, (2012), 22nd Edition, APHA. AWWA-WPCF • Manual on Water and Wastewater analysis,(1988) BY NEERI, Nagpur - 440020 • Water and Wastewater Testing 1985 By – R.P. Mathur 2nd Edition, Nemchand, and brothers- Roorkee-247667 • Microbiology for Sanitary Engineers, 1962 by ROSE, E. McKinney- McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc. New York • Wastewater Engineering Treatment Disposal Reuse, 1979, By –Metcalf and Eddy Inc. 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd; New Delhi • Instrumental Methods of Analysis, By Dr. D. K. Sharma, Goel Publishing House Meerut. • Chemistry and Unit operations in Sewage treatment by D. Barnes & D. Wilson. Applied Science Publisher. • Textbook of Water supply and Sanitary Engineering 1971 by S.K. Husen, Oxford & TBH publishing Company, New Delhi. • Water and Wastewater Technology by Mark J. Hammer, Willey and Sons Publishing. • Environmental Impact Assessment Handbook, (1980) BY- G. J. Rau and C.D. Wooten, McGraw Hill Book Company Inc. New York. • Water and Wastewater Engineering BY Fair, Geyer, Ocum, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd; New Delhi • Chemistry for Environmental Engineering by C.N. Sawyer, McCarty • Air Pollution, Its Origin and Control (1981) by Keenth Wark and Cecil F. Warner, Harper and Row Publishers New Delhi. • Air Pollution Volume I, II, III, IV (1968), by A.C. Stern, Academic Press New York • Air Pollution and Industry (1972) R.D. Rosean, Nostrand Reinhod and Co-New York • Noise Control Handbook of Principles and Practices BY Davis M. Liscomli and Arthur C. Tayler Jr. Van Nostrand Reinhold and Co. New York.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 159 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Oil Chemical analysis (1967) By M. L. Jackson, Prentice Hall of India, Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. • Chemistry of Soil (1969) BY Firman E. Bear. Oxford and IBH Publishing Company New Delhi. • Methods of Analysis (1955) by Association of Official Agricultural Chemists Washington 4, C.D. • Commercial Methods of Analysis (1972) By F. D. Snell. F.M. Biffen. D.B. Taraporewala Sons & Company (P) Ltd; Mumbai. • Pollution Control Acts, Rules and Notifications Issued There under the Central Pollution Control Board. (Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India) September 2001, Parivesh Bhavan, East Arjun Nagar, Delhi-110032. List of Journals in the field of Environment • “Journal of the Institute of Public Health Engineers, India”, Secretary General Institute of Public Health Engineers India. 1 Garstin Place, Calcutta, 700 001 • “Journal of Indian Association for Environmental Management Indian Association for Environmental Management”, NEERI, P.O. Nagpur -440020 • Indian Journal of Environmental Health, Director, NEERI, Nagpur- 440 020 • Scavanger Society for clean Environment, Garden Resort, 606 Sion -Trombey Rd. Chembur, Bombay- 400071 • Asian Environment. P.O. Box. -90 MCC Makati, Philippines. • Down to Earth – Centre for Science and Environment. 41, Tughlakabad Institutional Area New Delhi. 110062

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 160 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Additional studies like review of social impact and public consultation were undertaken. Apart from the public consultation, major portion is dedicated to the study of hazard identification and risk assessment. It also covers the requirement for onsite and offsite disaster (natural and manmade) preparedness plan including emergency management plan.

Social Impact Assessment Studies (SIA) Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R & R) and Social Impact Assessment (SIA) studies has not found any relevance for the proposed project site as there would not be any temporary or permanent displacement of the personnel or goods as the proposed project will be located on unoccupied open land. At present no agricultural cultivation of the crops is being taken on the proposed land. Hence, no R & R and SIA studies or plan were undertaken for the particular site. Proposed project activity will not cause any negative impacts on the environment and on the society as it will increase the direct and indirect job opportunities along with indirect work to the local people residing in the area. There will be some development of secondary service market near the site which will be beneficial to the local economy.

Hazard identification Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe condition) that exist in the plant during both construction and operation phases. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of the risk, the plant equipment and Personnel exposed to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the plant. Risk analysis involves the identification and assessment of risks to the population, which is likely to be exposed to as a result of hazards incidence.

This requires an assessment of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population, etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate consequently, the risk analysis in present case is confined to worst case and maximum credible accident studies and safety and risk aspect related to sulphitation process, alcohol storage and plant operations. Detailed Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) on potentially more hazardous and risky situations have been carried out in details and presented in the report in the later part.

7.2.1. Objective of the Risk and Hazard Analysis 1. Identify the Hazards during construction phase and suggest mitigation measures. 2. Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous chemicals. 3. Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 4. Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst-case scenarios 5. Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the minimum. 6. Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout and for effective preparation of On-site and Off-site emergency plans. 7. Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan 7.2.2. Identification of Hazards during Construction Phase for expansion activities

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 161 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Following are the hazards during the construction phase of the project:

1. Hazards of working at high Elevation: There is possibility of workers, slipping or falling from the height due to loss of balance or because of similar reasons. This may result in serious or even fatal injury. Mitigation measures

WORK PERMIT system will be implemented, all the safety precautions to be taken by the workers will be be mentioned and the supervisor will ensure that safety harnesses and other PPE are used by the workers.

2. Hazards While Using Crane or Heavy Lifting Machinery The crane can topple due mechanical failure of defects in the machinery, not properly hooking the heavy equipment to the crane properly operation, this will result in serious or even fatal injury to the operator and may be to some persons in the nearby vicinity.

Mitigation measures:

• Crane operators will be licensed and trained to operate crane and other heavy duty mobile equipment. • All cranes and heavy-duty lifting machinery will be maintained and certified for the operation by the competitive authority. • All heavy lifting and erection work will be carried out under the supervision of the safety and other officers and preferably during the daytime. General Mitigation Measures

• Work Permit system will be introduced and followed. • All necessary PPEs will be issued to all the company and contract workers and wearing these will be encouraged and insisted. 7.2.3. Identification of Hazards during Operation Phase Identification of types of Hazards in Overall Industry Complex (Sugar, and Co- gen and Distillery plants): The potential general hazardous areas in an industry with the type of hazard or likely accidents and the mitigation measures in place and / or suggested for the concerned area are listed as below in Table below.

Table 7-1 Onsite Possible Hazards and its Management Sr. Hazardous Hazard Mitigation Mitigation Comments / No. Area identified measures measures in place Additional measure 1. Boiler Area Explosion Strict adherence to These measures The same measures IBR rules for are in place as the will be adopted for Designing of boiler is in the additional boilers Boiler. Similarly, operation for the as mandatory, existing capacity. Maintenance and Operation of

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 162 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. Hazardous Hazard Mitigation Mitigation Comments / No. Area identified measures measures in place Additional measure boilers by certified boiler attendants only 2. All over the Lightening Design and install Lightening Additional lightening plant adequate numbers arrestors at critical arrestors will be of best available locations like installed in the lightening bagasse yard, Co – increased area of arrestors. gen plant distillery operations, such as section is new distillery area, as installed. per the requirement of electrical rules and guidelines 3. Electrocution Lose fitting Regular These are in place To be checked and maintenance, for the operation inspected regularly internal safety of the existing and corrective action audit, and external capacity to be taken safety audit at immediately. fixed intervals. 4. Electrical rooms Fire and Regular These are in place Strictly not to be used MCC rooms electrocution maintenance, for the operation as store and / or rest internal safety of the existing rooms for workers. audit, and external capacity safety audit at fixed intervals. 5. Transformer Fire and Regular These are in place -- area electrocution maintenance, for the operation internal safety of the existing audit, and external capacity safety audit at regular intervals. 6. Cable tunnel Fire and Regular These are in place To be checked and electrocution maintenance, for the operation inspected regularly internal safety of the existing and corrective action audit, and external capacity to be taken safety audit at immediately. fixed intervals. Industry specific hazards and Mitigation Measures 7. Bagasse storage Fire Fire hydrant Fire hydrant Other Detailed area around Bagasse around the measures have been Storage area. Bagasse storage suggested in the should be in place report, in the later part, under the heading of Bagasse storage (Mitigation Measures) 8. Sulphur Storage Dust Fire extinguishers, Fire extinguishers Other detailed Explosion water hose should be in place mitigation measures & Fire connection are suggested in the

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 163 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Sr. Hazardous Hazard Mitigation Mitigation Comments / No. Area identified measures measures in place Additional measure report. Under Production and handling of SO2 9. Molasses Spillage Dyke walls around Temperature Dyke walls will be be Storage Tanks & Tank the Storage tanks. Control in place. built around the Explosion Or gutter of 2 M Tanks are existing tanks and width and 3 M provided with around the additional depth around the external cooling tanks installed after storage tanks for arrangements. expansion. collection of Industry has gutter Minimum concrete Molasses in case around the tanks gutter of 2 m wide 1.5 of leakage, in for collection of to 2 m depth to be addition to pump leakage. provided with for pumping This will be concrete pit collection leaked Molasses improved as and with a pumping back to the tank in suggested in the arrangement to pump good condition. adjacent column. molasses leaked into Temperature In details under the other tank. Control Molasses storage mitigation measures Additional Mitigation Measures:

A) Boiler Section:

1. Boiler ash after the ESP is directly stored and transported to brick manufacturers. 2. Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment before overheating is to be considered. 3. Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is to be prevented by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection. 4. It is recommended to avoid manual handling and loading of ash. Or at least the workers should be provided with proper mask to avoid inhaling of fine ash and arrangement of washing platforms / basins, soap, water taps etc. for cleaning at the end of their duties. B) Establishing a Fire Fighting Group:

1. A small spark of fire may result into fire, which would put into loss of lives, machines and the damage to the structure producing high economic losses. This type of losses can be avoided by preventing and controlling the fire instantly for which, fire–fighting group shall require to be established. 2. The company will check the adequacy of existing Fire–fighting group, in view of proposed expansion of capacity with new distillery or may strengthen the group with additional recruitment and provision of necessary firefighting equipment. 3. It will be assured that First aid trained and Fire– fighting trained person will be available in every shift. 4. The fire-fighting group would house and keep in ready the following types of equipment and arrangements.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 164 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

a. CO2 extinguishers b. Dry powder chemical extinguishers c. 80 mm spray hoses d. Fire brigade 5. Amongst the hazard areas identified above, the major concern for fire, explosion and exposure to release of toxic liquids and gases and risk of persons outside the factory limits getting affected are identified below: 7.2.4. Identification of Hazards for Individual Activity / Operation Sugar Manufacturing Unit • Bagasse and Coal storage • Storage and Handling of Sulphur • Production and handling of SO2 • Molasses Storage tanks; Leakage of molasses due to tank failure

Bagasse storage

Hazards identified while storing and handling of bagasse are:

1. Fire hazard and 2. Health hazard due to inhalation of fine dust of Bagasse

Present scenario and scenario after expansion:

Table 7-2 Existing and proposed scenario for bagasse storage Present Production capacity (9000 TCD) Expanded Capacity (18000 TCD) Baggasse Bagasse Production Per day Production Per day 2700 5400 MT MT Maximum Qty Maximum Qty 81000 90000 Stored MT Stored MT Present Area Present Area 4500 4500 For storage M2 For storage M2 Dimensions Length Dimensions Length 100 * 45 100 * 45 X Breadth X Breadth a. The fire hydrant piping will be laid around the Bagasse storage area. b. Fire hydrant system is provided and maintained to cover up entire bagasse yard. Mitigation Measures for safe Bagasse storage:

Following mitigation measures to eliminate the fire hazard are in place and some additional measures are suggested as below:

• It should be ensured while routing high tension voltage lines that bagasse storage below & near high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines should be avoided. • Avoid routing of electric supply cables & cable trenches near to bagasse storage and if unavoidable locate these as far away from stored bagasse or bagasse heaps.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 165 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Always keep other raw materials & useful material far away from storage of bagasse area. • Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan will avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse can be saved. • Posting of proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility. • Hot work, like welding, gas cutting should not be carried out near Bagasse storage or only after issue of proper work permit and making necessary arrangements. • Daily record of Bagasse storage data will be be maintained and proper review of storage conditions will be be taken by higher authority. • Training of all the involved staff in firefighting in normal & emergency operating system. • Proper Planning & Maintenance of the fire hydrant system around the bagasse storage yard and not depending exclusively on fire tender for fire-fighting. • Goggle and mask should be provided for workers in bagasse yard to prevent ill effect on eyes and inhalation of fine Bagasse dust on the workers in the area.

Storage and Handling of Sulphur

Table 7-3 Sulphur Storage Present Expansion Sulphur Storage Sulphur Storage Consumption per day Consumption per day 5.0 10 MT MT Maximum Qty Maximum Qty 100 200 Stored MT Stored MT Area of Storage Area of Storage 23.97 m2 23.97 m2 warehouse/godown M2 warehouse/godown M2 Dimensions 4.7 * 5.1 Dimensions 4.7 * 5.1 Hazards identified while storage &handling of Sulphur are:

1. Dust and Fire hazard in Sulphur Storage &Handling

1A. Dust Explosion in Sulphur Storage

1B. Fire in Sulphur storage

2. Health Hazard due to inhalation of sulphur dust.

Though Sulphur is stored in granule form, sulphur dust is always present in the atmosphere and there is hazard for worker’s health.

Present Scenario:

• The existing plant has a well-fabricated warehouse to store 100 MT of Sulphur. This will be doubled. • NFPA rating for Sulphur is NH=3 NF=1.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 166 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• SO2 gas used for the purification of Sugar juice is produced in the plant as per the Process Flow Diagram shown in stirred tank closed vessel designed for complete absorption of SO2 gas. • There is practically no intermediate storage of the gas and supplying the gas. The SO2 gas hold up is the FRP pipeline of 200 mm diameter and length of maximum 40 meters for calculation purpose length of 50 meters is assumed at maximum pressure of 0.5 kg/sq. cm.

1A. Dust Explosion in Sulphur Storage

Sulphur is stored and handled in granular form, there is always some dust formation, which can lead to dust explosion. A dust explosion occurs when a fine dust in suspension in air is ignited, resulting in a very rapid burning, and the release of large quantities of gaseous products. This in turn creates a subsequent pressure rise of explosive force capable of damaging plant and buildings and injuring people. It is generally considered that a dust explosion can only be initiated by dust particles less than 500 microns diameter. Lower explosive limit for Sulphur is reported to be 280 mg/m3

Conditions for Dust Explosion.

Following conditions are necessary before a dust explosion can take place –

a. The dust must be combustible. b. The dust cloud must be of explosive concentration, i.e. between the lower and upper explosion limits for the dusts. c. There must be sufficient oxygen in the atmosphere to support and sustain combustion. d. A source of ignition must present. e. The dust must be fine enough to support an explosion.

Mitigation Measures:

Dust explosions can be prevented by ensuring when the following conditions are met

• Formation and Suspensions of Sulphur dust in air are avoided. • To prevent dust formation during the storage and handling of Sulphur, it is necessary to take necessary precautions to avoid spillage and crushing of granular Sulphur during bulk loading and unloading in the storage area. • Storage shed should be constructed with a minimum number of horizontal surfaces to avoid dust accumulation. • All sources of ignition are excluded by installation of flameproof lighting in the warehouse • Presence of moisture helps in preventing dust explosion. Hence, Sulphur heaps can be kept slightly wet by spraying water. • Avoid formation of dust. Workers should use proper breathing mask and hand gloves to avoid inhaling Sulphur dust and skin contact, respectively.

1B. Fire in Sulphur storage

There is a risk of fire in Sulphur storage as ignition temperature is low 190OC. Solid and liquid Sulphur will burn to produce Sulphur dioxide gas, which is extremely irritating and toxic.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 167 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Mitigation Measures:

• Smoking and the use of matches shall be prohibited in all areas, where sulphur dust is likely to be present. Prominent NO SMOKING signs shall be placed around such areas. • Naked flames or lights and the use of gas cutting, or welding equipment are prohibited during the normal operation of the plant. Repairs involving the use of flames, heat, or hand or power tools in areas, where Sulphur may be present shall be made only after getting hot work permit from the authorities. • Where this is not possible the Sulphur shall be wetted down. • Adequate number of Fire extinguishers shall be provided inside the warehouse.

Safety & Fire Fighting Tips

1. Always use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Sulphur fires produce hazardous Sulphur dioxide gas. Sulphur dioxide gas is heavier than air and will accumulate in the vapour spaces of the rail car. 2. Small Sulphur fires are easily extinguished by adding more sulphur on top of the burning Sulphur. This depletes the oxygen and chokes the fire. 3. For larger Sulphur fires, use a light water fog or CO2 to extinguish. Do not use heavy water streams as this may create Sulphur dust which could potentially explode. 4. It is recommended to keep enough sand buckets for extinguishing fire in the initial stage. 5. It is recommended to keep minimum 4 CO2 fire extinguisher in and near the warehouse. 6. These extinguishers should be checked for working and tested annually maintained. It is advisable to maintain the record of testing. Production and Handling of SO2 Hazard identified while production and handling SO2 is:

Health Hazard due to exposure of SO2 leakage

Though there is practically no intermediate storage of the gas and supplying the gas; in the event of leakage of SO2 gas, workers may get exposed and may face health hazard.

Present Scenario:

• SO2 gas used for the purification of Sugar juice, in stirred tank closed vessel designed for complete absorption of SO2 gas. There is practically no intermediate storage of the gas and supplying the gas. The SO2 gas hold up is the FRP pipeline of 200 mm diameter and length of maximum 40 meters for calculation purpose length of 50 meters is assumed at maximum pressure of 0.5 kg/sq. cm. However, in the sporadic occurrence of SO2 leakage and its likely exposure to the workers, following safety measures are in place to tackle the crisis. Process Flow Diagram for SO2 gas production in earlier chapters

Mitigation / Safety Measures:

1. There are adequate numbers of eye wash facility installed for washing eyes. In case of minor SO2 exposure.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 168 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2. In case of Emergency, blower /compressor is immediately shut down. There is well defined emergency shutdown procedure. 3. Workers are trained and procedure is displayed in the local language. 4. SO2 gas leak detector will be installed in SO2 production area for early warning and for taking the required action. 5. PPES, like gas mask shall be used.

Molasses Storage Tanks

Hazard Identification: The two major areas of concern:

1. Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses or total breakage of tank leading to loss of life and pollution. 2. Fire and explosion in case of spark igniting if hot work is carried out near the tank when partially filled or contains some molasses and gas. Present Scenario on Molasses storage: i. External water-cooling system for tank is provided to maintain the temp below 350 C for safety purpose. Mitigation Measures suggested:

i. Proper temperature sensor and digital temperatures be installed to monitor molasses temperature. ii. It is suggested to install double pipe cooler at the suction of circulation pump with inlet outlet temp indicators. Table 7-4 Capacities of Molasses Storage Tank Molasses Molasses Details for expansion Production per day Production per day MT/day or CuM 360 MT/day or CuM 720 /day /day MAX STORAGE MAX STORAGE 125700 1865300 AT A TIME IN MT AT A TIME IN MT 4*15000 MT NUMBER OF 7*15000 MT NUMBER OF 1*600 MT TANKS 1*9700 MT TANKS 7*15000 MT With Capacity 1*11000 MT With Capacity 1*9700 MT 1*11000 MT Mitigation Measures

In respect of Storage of molasses, following mitigation measures are in place to prevent bursting of tanks, heavy leakage and impacts like loss of life:

1. Molasses is stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks 2. Adequate safety factors are incorporated into the design of wall thickness considering deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period. 3. Regular internal and external inspections are scheduled for checking wall thickness of the tanks.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 169 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

4. Dyke / Bund walls will be constructed around the tanks. 5. It will be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and thickness that, clear volume inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. 6. Continuous mixing of molasses through external pump circulation is done. 7. In the event of increase in temperature beyond 350C, external cooling of tanks is provided by heat exchanger in the circulation line. 8. Frequent Temperature monitoring, manually or by recorder is strongly advised.

If, there is leakage following measures should be implemented:

a. Leakage will be washed out and diluted and will be recycled properly and treated in Effluent treatment plant. b. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, will be done strictly by following work permit system. c. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs will be attended / carried out outside the plant. The requisite hot work permit will be issued after taking necessary precautions and fire -fighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority, before any hot work in undertaken d. Leakage through pump gland will be reduced to the minimum by installing mechanical seals. e. To attend all major leakage in tanks, the following procedure will be followed i. Transfer the material to another tank. ii. Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated with blinds from other vessels and ensuring that, it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose, safety permit should be given. f. During the short or long shutdown when the tank is emptied the hold up of molasses in the tank below the pump suction will be removed by using vacuum pump and not manually. This hold up molasses and tank washings will be treated in effluent treatment plant before discharge. New Distillation Plant of 140 KLPD New Distillation Plant of 140 KLPD multi feed plant will be installed in the proposed expansion project. Separate area has been allocated for this plant, which is shown in the site layout in Chap 2 of this EIA report. The company will adopt standard Alcohol production technology, as described in detailed in the Chapter 2 of the EIA report.

Suggestions for minimization of Hazard in the process:

i. Major hazard identified in the production unit is release of alcohol vapors and fire. ii. It is recommended that, the company should insist in the process know –how and basic engineering supply agreement to include HAZOP study. It is desirable to associate technical and production staff in these studies for better understanding of the process and instrumentation philosophy and other technical aspects of the process and plant. iii. Detailed engineering should ensure that, all the recommendations on safety measures are implemented. Major Hazard identified: Major hazard is leakage and fire in storage of Alcohol.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 170 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Alcohol Storage:

It is confirmed that for the Alcohol storage, tank layout, tank-farm layout, pump locations, etc. will be as per the requirements of PESO latest rules and regulations. Statutory approvals for the storage of Alcohol will be obtained before the plant startup.

Tank Capacity Tank Name Tank ID Ht (mtrs) Dia. (Mtrs) BL B Heavy Molasses To RS (BL) 701 C 17.4 15.23 3168283 702 B 14.07 11.07 1583767 Total 4752050 B Heavy RS To Ethanol (BL) 702 E 13 8.7 772808 702 D 14.04 11.98 1580777 Total 2353585 B Heavy SDS Purchase 702 A 14.02 11.98 1578719 C Heavy Molasses To RS (BL) SV - 2 9.805 11.24 972090 C Heavy Molasses To ENA (BL) SV - 4 9.89 7.14 395623 SV - 5 9.88 7.14 395455 701 B 17.24 15.23 3139764 Total 6481651 C Heavy Molasses RS TO Ethanol (BL) 702 C 14.05 11.97 1580615 SV - 3 9.935 11.23 973814 Total 2554429 C Heavy Molasses To Impure (BL) SV - 1 7.345 7.13 293370 SDS Purchased from C Heavy Molasses (BL) 701 A 17.35 15.23 3158372 Total 3451742

i. All tanks will be provided with flame arrestors, moisture traps, and overhead condensers with chilled water for prevention of Alcohol loss and environment protection. ii. NFPA rating for Alcohol is NH (Health Factor) NF (Fire Factor) NR (Reactivity) iii. NF= 3, NH = 2 and NR=0, indicating fire as the major hazard in handling and storage of Alcohol

7.2.5. Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA) • Production and Handling of SO2 • Alcohol Storage tanks and Pipeline QRA for SO2 QRA has been carried out based on the following Atmospheric Conditions:

ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA)

Wind: 5 meters/second from NW at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country

Cloud Cover: 0 tenths

Air Temperature: 35° C Stability Class: D

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 171 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 5%

SOURCE STRENGTH:

Non-flammable gas is escaping from pipe

Pipe Diameter: 20 centimeters Pipe Length: 50 meters

Unbroken end of the pipe is closed off

Pipe Roughness: smooth Hole Area: 0.2 sq cm= 5 mm

Pipe Press: 2.5 atmospheres Pipe Temperature: 35° C

For two conditions:

Hole Area: 0.1 sq cm = 1.2 mm hole diameter and Hole Area: 0.2 sq cm= 5 mm hole area.

The results are:

Table 7-5 Consequence analysis results for SO2 Scenario 1 Threat Zone Scenario 2 Threat Zone 30 ppm 30 ppm Hole 62 Hole Hole AEGL- 44 Hole dia. AEGL-3 area Mts area dia 3 [60 Mts [60 min] min] 0.75 0.75 ppm 0.2 ppm 424 296 5 mm 0.1 Sq cm 1.2 mm AEGL- Sq. cm AEGL-2 Mts Mts 2 [60 [60 min] min] 0.2 Max. Max. 0.2 ppm ppm sustained 271 848 sustained 200 592 AEGL-1 AEGL- Release grams/min Mts Release grams/min Mts [60 min] 1 [60 rate rate min] Qty Qty released in 5.69 Kgs released in 1.2 Kgs 1 hr 1 hr

For SO2, IDLH = 100 ppm and TLV = 5 ppm. AEGL values are much on lesser side

Mitigation Measures based on QRA: There is a SOP to shut off the Air compressor in case of leakage or emergency. Following instructions will be added for workers to follow:

1. Gas masks and SBA will be available near the generation unit for the workers to attend the leakage in case of emergency 2. All the workers (normally 3) working in that area should vacate the area and go against the wind to a safer location. 3. Assembly point should be designated near the SO2 production area.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 172 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

4. Higher authorities should be informed and if, the leakage is serious, alarm should sound, and procedure given in Onsite Emergency Plan should be followed. 5. Detailed Procedure based on the above should be included in the plan. 6. Procedure for shutting down the generation unit and actions to be taken in case of gas leakage should be clearly displayed on the board, in local language. 7. Clear passage will be available for people to easily vacate the area. 8. Before the plant startup and after every six months, pressure test and thickness test of all the equipment’s and piping carrying SO2 will be carried out to avoid leakage. 9. Provision to sound an alarm will be installed near the operating area, in case; SO2 leakage is suspected and detected by smell, to warn all workers of the leakage. 10. SO2 leak detectors with alarm should be installed. 11. All operators will be aware of Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken to warn authorities to sound alarm. 12. Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken should be displayed in the SO2 production area in the local language. 13. It should form an important part of mock drill to be carried out as per on-site emergency plan. 14. In case major leakage is envisaged in MCA of flange joint leakage, area around SO2 production unit and part of the main plant will be be vacated immediately. 15. Failure frequencies for pipe systems in form of leakages Table 7-6 Frequency failure rate for Pipeline Aboveground Pipeline Underground Pipeline Failure frequency [per Failure frequency [per Type of failure Type of failure year] year] Small leak deq = Crack deq = 0.10 D 10 mm 2.8 10-7 L/D 7.9 10-8 Medium leak deq = 0.15 1.2 10-7 L/D D -8 -8 Large leak deq = 0.36 D 5.0 10 L/D Large Leak deq=0.5D 6.9X 10 Rupture 2.2 X10-8 L/D 2.8 X 10-8 L= to pipe length minimum 10 meters D= inner pipe diameter in mm For assumed length of 50 meters and 200 mm pipe diameter frequency failure rate calculated for small leak deq= 0.1 D= 0.1 X 200 = 20 mm We have done QRA for 2 mm and 1.2 mm leak.

Failure frequency calculated = 7X 10-5

Another reference quotes frequency failure rate for 4 mm leak in 150 to 300 mm diameter as 1X 10- 6

These frequency failure rates are low.

QRA for Alcohol Storage Tanks:

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 173 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

For the storage of alcohol, Fire and Explosion index has been calculated to be 72 based on the Material Factor MF= 16 and storage conditions. Degree of Hazard is rated based on of Fire and explosion index as follows:

Table 7-7 Degree of Hazard and F&EI Index F&EI Index Range Degree of Hazard 1-60 Light 61-96 Moderate 97-127 Intermediate 128- 158 Heavy More Than 159 Severe Note: F&EI index of 72 is in the range of moderate hazard.

Mitigation measures:

1. Based on standard recommendations for moderate hazard, is it is recommended to have alcohol storage tanks should be in open in dyke walls and will be have spill collection and control (recycle) arrangement to pump into another tank. 2. As indicated the storage should be in open with dyke walls. If applicable and if storage of alcohol equals or exceeds 5000 kl, following will be done.

• Clear distance between tanks will be provided as per the requirement of petroleum rules Table 1 Schedule ii. Minimum distance between the tanks will be half of the tank diameter. • Location of pumps, location of tank farm in the industry should be as per the requirements of peso petroleum rules.

Transportation of Class A flammable solvents

Transportation of Class A Solvents: Rules and regulations given Chapter III of Petroleum Rules 2002 will be followed:

Important are illustrated below:

1. Part I GENERAL 28 to 32 2. Part IV 62 for bulk transportation by tankers. 3. 67 to 70 for drums transport. 4. Necessary approval / license from Chief Controller of Explosives (CCE) will be obtained for the alcohol storage and Plant lay out as per the Chapter V of peso rules. 5. Proper foam based firefighting system, inside the plant and around the storage tanks will be designed as per international code and Fire NOC will be obtained. 6. Fire fighting around alcohol storage will be as per IS 117 or equivalent standard with sprinkler system and foam-based fire-fighting arrangement as per as per the Chapter V.

Quantitative Risk Analysis:

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 174 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• F&E index can also be used for estimating the damage that would probably result from the accident/fire. It is converted to radius of exposure by multiplying it by 0.84 to feet. Thus, radius of exposure in this case will be 0.84x72= 60 feet or 18 meters.

QRA for Alcohol Storage has been calculated and results and conditions assumed are given below:

Atmospheric Data: (Manual Input of Data)

Wind: 5.5 m/s from W at 3 m

Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 0 tenths

Air Temperature: 30° C Stability Class: D

No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 5%

Source strength: Assumed

Tank Diameter: 15 m Tank Height 9.5 m

Tank Volume: 1,520 cu. m

Tank contains liquid Internal Temperature: 30°C

Chemical Mass in Tank: 950,042 kg

Tank is 80% full.

Results are given in the following Table

1 cm Opening is or at 1.30 m THREAT ZONE from tank bottom (10.0 kW/(sq. m) (5.0 kW/(sq. m) 2.0 kW/(sq. m) Total Amount Max Flame (potentially lethal (2nd degree burns (pain within 60 sec) Burned: Length: within 60 sec) within 60 sec) 209 kg 2 m Less than 10 m Less than 10 m Less than 10 m 2 cm Opening is or at 1.30 m from tank bottom THREAT ZONE (10.0 kW/(sq. m) (5.0 kW/(sq. m) Total Amount Max Flame 2.0 kW/(sq. m) (potentially lethal (2nd degree burns Burned: Length: (pain within 60 sec) within 60 sec) within 60 sec) 837 kg 3 m Less than10 m Less than 10 m Less than 10 m This shows the importance of having the clear distance between two tanks as per the PESO rules so that tanks not on fire does not get heated directly. And importance to have adequate cooling provision and system to cool the tanks in case of pool fire. Otherwise it will lead to the conditions which are catastrophic under BLEVE

BLEVE of Flammable Liquid in Vertical Cylindrical Tank:

Tank is 80% full

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 175 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Percentage of Tank Mass in Fireball: 30%

Fireball Diameter: 382 m Burn Duration: 21 seconds

Pool Fire Diameter: 200 m Burn Duration: 11 minutes

Flame Length: 76 m

Threat Zone:

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from fireball

Red : 683 m --- (10.0 kW/ (sq. m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)

Orange: 976 m --- (5.0 kW/ (sq. m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)

Yellow: 1.5 km --- (2.0 kW/ (sq. m) = pain within 60 sec.

In this case disaster management plan (DMP) will have to be put in action and Government and local authorities will have to be alerted.

7.2.6. On-site Emergency Plan The authorities in Industry will prepare an on-site emergency plan for the existing/ (Copy of the existing On-site Emergency Plan will be required if asked.) and modify the existing on-site emergency plan before commissioning the expansion and for the new distillery as per the guidelines given in the Factory Act.

The On-site Emergency Plan will include of Mitigation measures and results quantitative Risk analysis given above for Sugar manufacturing section and other suggestions.

• This will include distillery safety measures and results of QRA studies to be carried out and modify the same. • DMP (Disaster Management Plan) and off-site emergency plan will be in place before commissioning of distillery. Safety measures recommendation 7.3.1. Storage and material handling area • Proper ventilation shall be provided • Area will be marked as “No smoking Zone” • Use of proper PPEs • Pressure relief valves shall be provided • Provision of Safety valves and rupture disk • Provision of fire hydrant system along with other portable fire extinguishers • Adequate distance between the storage Tanks • Provision of dyke wall to the Tanks • Proper earthling to the Tanks 7.3.2. Reactor Safety

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 176 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Provision will be made for temperature & pressure indicators • Heating & cooling Jacket will be provided to maintain the temperature • Pressure switch with shooter shall be provided • Pressure safety valve will be provided • Double earthling shall be provided 7.3.3. DG Sets • Acoustic enclosures to be provided • Entry near the unit shall be restricted • Qualified and highly trained engineers shall be appointed 7.3.4. Boiler • Work permit system will be evolved and will be followed during maintenance work • Proper ventilation shall be maintained • Entry shall be allowed only after proper checking of gases, if any • Worker should be trained properly • Working should be under supervision of qualified and trained personnel 7.3.5. Storage and Handling of Alcohol • Keeping away from oxidizers, heat and flames. • Avoidance of plastics, rubber and coatings in the storage area. • Cool, dry, and ventilated storage and closed containers. • Leakage should be washed out and diluted. • Regular monitoring and maintenance to avoid leakages. • If major leakage in tanks can be mitigated by transferring the material to other tank. • Grounding of the container and transferring of equipment to eliminate static electric sparks. In case of any emergency following measures would be taken: • First Aid Measures • Use of extinguishing media surrounding the fire as water, dry chemicals (BC or ABC powder), sand, dolomite, etc. • Foam system for fire fighting will be provided to control fire from the alcohol storage tank. The foam thus produced will suppress fire by separating the fuel from the air (oxygen), and hence avoiding the fire and explosion to occur in the tank. Foam would blanket the fuel surface smothering the fire. The fuel will also be cooled by the water content of the foam. The foam blanket suppresses the release of flammable vapors that a mix with the air. • Special Fire Fighting Procedures; Keeping the fire upwind. Shutting down of all possible sources of ignition, keeping of run-off water out of sewers and water sources. Avoidance of water in straight hose stream which will scatter and spread fire. Use of spray or fog nozzles will be promoted, cool containers will be exposed to flames with water from the side until well after the fire is out. 7.3.6. Molasses storage

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 177 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Store in good quality ventilated and leak-proof tanks (mild steel, stainless steel, polyethylene, PVC) at ambient temperatures, out of moisture. • Continuous mixing of molasses should be done. • If there is increase in temperature beyond 300C external cooling of tanks should be provided. A temperature recorder should be provided to the tanks. • Avoid microbiological contamination or dilution with water. • Regular monitoring and maintenance to avoid leakages. 7.3.7. Building & workspace • Adequate space will be provided for equipment repair or removal • Equipment maintenance shops will be set up with appropriate safety provisions for hazards associated with maintenance activities • Lightning protection will be provided 7.3.8. Electric items • Medium and high voltage cables will be completely enclosed • Electrical equipment will be grounded adequately • Wiring will be properly insulated, grounded, and non-exposed • Emergency shutoff switch, clearly labelled, at all machinery units will be provided • DG set will be provided as stand by source of power • Maintenance tools with insulated handles will be provided 7.3.9. Fire The fire protection system is to provide for early detection, alarm, containment and suppression of fires. The complete fire protection system will comprise of the following. Fire hydrant network will be provided for firefighting in the entire project area along with following firefighting equipment will be provided

• Different type of Fire Extinguishers, Detectors and fire Alarm shall be provided. • Fire hydrant system • Fire Tender with chemicals foam and required arrangement for firefighting to control the fire from the alcohol storage • Foam system shall be contain aqueous film forming compound of 3 to 6% alcohol resistance foam concentrated with ISI mark 4889 • Water storage Tank exclusively for firefighting operation • Rubber mat will be used near panel area • Periodical training to the identified supervisors and Employees in the field of Firefighting and safety • Emergency exits at specific locations and will be marked on the layout • Cautionary note, safety posters, stickers will be displayed at appropriate locations • First Aid boxes will be made available at appropriate locations • Emergency Control Center Provision shall be made to establish an Emergency Control Centre (ECC) from which emergency operations are directed and coordinated. This center is activated as soon as on–site emergency is declared. ECC is equipped with adequate communication systems

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 178 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

in the form of telephones (Emergency telephone numbers.) and other equipment’s to allow unhampered organizations and other nearby facility personnel. 7.3.10. Safety Measures during regular and shut-down: • It will be remembered that shutdown plants are also and sometimes more prone to accidents. • All work, hot work, working at height etc. during working and shutdown period should be carried out with proper work permit and under proper supervision. • And all workers, regular and contract workers should be issued proper PPE, like helmet, safety shoes etc. as necessary. 7.3.11. Occupational Health Aspects and Medical Provision in the Industry: Effects of Alcohol on health • It reacts vigorously with oxidizing materials. TLV for is 1000 ppm (ACGIH). Minimum identifiable concentration has been reported as 350 ppm. • Exposure to concentrations of 5000 - 10000 ppm results in irritation of eyes and mucous membranes of the upper respiratory tract. • Effects of exposure to higher concentration of Alcohol in the atmosphere are given in the following Table. Table 7-8 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol mg/l Ppm Effects in human Some transient coughing and smarting of eyes and 10-20 5300 – 10,640 nose, not tolerable Continuous lacrimation and marked coughing; could be 30 15,960 tolerated with discomfort. 40 21,280 Just tolerable for short period > 40 >21,280 Intolerable

• To prevent injury to workers, standard PPEs will be provided. In addition, enough Self-contained breathing apparatus made accessible to the workers shall be used in case of major alcohol leakage to avoid exposure to higher levels of Alcohol. • All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards. Medical check-up Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. The following tests will be conducted for each worker: • Lung Function Test • Radiology – X-ray • Pulmonary Function Test • Audiometric Test • General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system • Pre-employment examinations

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 179 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of employment. Occupational Health Center {OHC} • The company has OHC center for the existing sugar plant. The facilities of the present OHC and the periodic tests to be carried out will be fortified and extended to distillery workers and officers in view of the above details and in consultation with the registered medical practitioner. • The location of OHC with dimensions will be clearly shown in the plant layout drawing and note on facilities provided will be given. • It will be ensured that the exiting OHC and other medical facilities at the site as per the factories act, depending upon the number of employees and contract labours and consulting physician will be retained and will be augmented before the Distillery start up. Some guidelines are given below Under rule 73 W All factories carrying out hazardous processes have OHC with services and facilities

A. For factories employing up to 50 workers: i) Medical officer on retainer ship basis, ii) minimum 5 workers trained in first aid, at least one shall be available during all working hours. B. For factories employee 51 to 200 workers a. OHC with min. floor space of 15 sq. meters b. part time medical officer c. One qualified and trained dresser-cum- compounder throughout all working hours. d. Equipped first aid box. C. For factories employing more than 200 workers, a. Full time medical officer up to 500 workers, and one more full time medical officer for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof b. OHC with 2 rooms. c. One compounder and one ward boy 24 X 7. d. OHC to be equipped with all emergencies. D. Requirement of Ambulance van for any factory carrying on hazardous process shall be provided and maintained is defined under 73-X. E. For factories with less than 200 workers, management will have an arrangement for getting ambulance van at short notice. It also details out what facilities ambulance Van should have. F. Other important requirements are company will have, MSDS for all hazardous chemicals at site, G. Pre-employment medical checkup and six-monthly medical check-up for all employees, including contract workers with all records available. Since the operation involve storage and handling of toxic chemicals, affecting liver, kidneys, lungs, medical test will be including the specific tests to check functioning of these vital organs. H. The company carries out medical checkup for workers as per the requirement; the health check- up parameters can be modified in consultation with the qualified medical doctor. I. Standard Medical facilities as required by Factory rule are expected to have been provided in the OHC for the existing plant, some important are illustrated below: a. Well-equipped First Aid Boxes will be provided in each Section of the factory. b. Snake bite Lancet

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 180 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

c. In case of need, factory will be having dispensary to give effective medical facility to workers. In dispensary, sufficient stock of medicines will be available to provide to workers, in case of any major emergent situation. d. A vehicle will be always available to shift the sick / injured person to District Hospital e. Ambulance will be made available 24X7 in the factory to deal and take the injured workers to the district hospital. 7.3.12. EHS policy The Company will have well defined EHS policy and will be displayed as per the norms.

Important Note:

1. All the existing mitigation measures which are in place for the exiting plant will be retained and it will be ensured that all the mitigation measures suggested will be implemented in the expansion project. Any of the mitigation measures suggested if not in the exiting plant, these will be implemented. 2. The existing Firefighting system will be augmented for the expansion as per the standard norms. Disaster Management Plan (DMP) A disaster is an unforeseen combination of circumstances that causes serious body injuries, loss of life or extensive damage to the plant, Machineries or to the environment. Existing factory has prepared a details Disaster management plan, following is the generalize disaster management plan recommended for proposed project. Following uncontrollable situation may lead to disaster or plant emergency

7.4.1. Manmade • Plant failure • Rupture or damage of the line, vessel or Tank • Excessive leakage of flammable material 7.4.2. Natural • Cyclone • Earthquacke • Flood • Fire • Terrorist attack Disaster management plan is a written document where all the details regarding the causes of disaster are noted along with required control measures. It also gives details about the responsible personnel shall be available on site during emergency and their role to control the disaster to a minimum level or from spreading the outside to protect the plant and machinery including employees and nearby areas. The DMP to tackle the emergency can be divided into the two parts for the ease of operation and to effectively control the emergencies within shortest possible time.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 181 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Figure 7-1 Disaster management process 7.4.3. Onsite Emergency Plan If an accident/incident takes place and its effects are confined only, then it is termed as an onsite emergency. It involves employees and other infrastructure within the organization. In this plan, the company officers and employees are given pre-decided responsibilities to handle the emergency. All other required resources to tackle this type of emergency are available. The individual employee or designated persons will be held responsible to take or initiate appropriate action when required. All the employees/responsible persons required to take or initiate the action at the time of emergency are trained appropriately so that they can perform their task without any difficulty. To make the handling of emergencies absolutely perfect, mock drills need to be conducted periodically for a particular scenario. During mock drills, particular scenario is simulated to understand the gravity and requirements of action. During the mock drills, all the important points or happenings are noted and discussed to find out the lacunae or for the further improvement in the written plan.

7.4.4. Offsite Emergency Plan If the accident or incident occurred in the premises, man will need help from outside sources because of magnitude of emergency then it termed as Offsite Emergency. This offsite emergency cannot be controlled only by using the internal resources and need timely help from the outside companies or from the government authorities to tackle such type of emergencies to avoid the loss of property, human health or environment in and around the premises. An offsite emergency management plan involves government bodies as well as nearby industries for necessary help and to control the emergency.

7.4.5. Objectives of disaster management • To control the incident or accidents from the happening • To eliminate the emergencies if possible • Prepare for the emergency handling

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 182 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• To see whether required activities are performed in right order by the individuals or not • To find out the required changes for co-ordinated activities • To reduce the time of activities to control the emergencies • To minimize the effects of the incident on person, property and environment • Continuous improvement 7.4.6. Onsite Emergency Preparedness Plan Main elements of on-site Emergency Preparedness Plans are:

• Leadership and emergency management cell • Defined role and responsibilities of the key personnel • Emergency actions to be executed by the Members of the Committee • Protective and rescue equipment • Medical care Unit • Training and periodic review • Periodical Mock drills, its monitoring and analysis to find out the short coming for the improvement • List of available firefighting equipment, its maintenance and records • Training to the committee members and feedback on requirements if any • Line of command • Requirement of Siren and alarm system • Written document • List of available resources with the Company • List of resources available from outside during the emergency • Important phone numbers of authorities Disaster Management Cell Disaster Management Cell (DMC) consisting of authorized head that will be responsible for the handling of emergency situations. All the details of team members will be available at the site; their contact details will be displayed in the plant and will be informed to other employees. DMC will make the employees to understand and aware about the hazards and associated risks that may give rise to an emergency situation at the plant. DMC will train and inform the employees regarding their role and responsibilities during emergency and dos and don’ts. Following team of personnel will be required to fulfill their responsibilities to tackle the emergency. TEAM A The distillery In-charge/Occupier along with manager of each section will be responsible for handling of any kind of emergency in the factory. They will inform the concern employees or authorities about the emergency situation and action that need to be initiated. They will take initiative in directing the action of the people. TEAM B After knowing the emergency situation, in-charge of individual section / department will communicate with In-charge (Disaster Main Controller) for any specific instruction and then he will guide other employees of the section to leave the workplace after taking safe shut down. They will be asked to assemble at Assembly point upwind of the Factory. After reaching the assembly points they should watch

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 183 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020 the activities undertaken by the Team A and wait for further instruction if any form the Manager. The Manager / Supervisor will act as an Incident Controller at his Section or the Emergency location and need to wait for further instruction from Disaster Main Controller TEAM C The maintenance In-charge and other maintenance head from each department such as Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Instrumentation and Civil Engineering along with Safety and Fire will form this Team who will actually fight the situation to control the emergency. All the required equipment and firefighting accessories will be available to their disposal. They will have all safety appliances in their custody/use and they will act to minimize effect of incidence. They will keep informing the progress to DMC and for want of any help. After the emergency is under control, they will inform the DMC and DMC will inform all other Teams involved that emergency is under control. The DMC shall appraise the situation and if found Ok, he will inform control room to declare all clear sound / siren so that employees can resume the duties. TEAM D This Team is mainly concern with the security and outside news and will take the instruction from the DMC. It will consist of security department and welfare officer who will be available at the office with all necessary records including names of Team Members and other required help from outside. They will have the list of people along with their addresses and telephone numbers. They will keep the records of important offices of the Government authorities such as Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health, Boiler Inspector of factory, Commissioner of Police, local Police station, Fire Brigade, company Doctors, private Doctors and other important contact which will be helpful during and after the emergency. All required facilities shall be made available at a particular location in the Factory for emergency use. All the personnel involved in emergency shall proceed or will be brought to the factory. Based on the information gathered and provided by the incident controller of a particular section where there is emergency, if required emergency shall be declared by the DMC by giving instruction to Team D to sound the a particular Siren. After listening to the sound of Siren, concern person will understand the type and of emergency and will come prepared at the site of incident. During emergency and as per the information received by the DMC from IC, the Team members from the Rescue team shall look out for the casualties if any on the site and will provided necessary help. The required medical and other help shall be provided based on the requirement and assessment of the gravity of the situation. The team will also carry out the head count if required and as per the instruction of DMC or the Occupier. Further, the detail shall be provided to outside agencies by the nominated authorized person from the Factory to avoid the mismatch of the situation so that right message goes to the media. During emergency, care shall be taken to avoid the panic situation within and outside the factory premises or in the general public. Key Personnel The actions necessary in an emergency will clearly depend upon the prevailing circumstances. Nevertheless, it is imperative that the required actions are initiated and directed by nominated people, each having specified responsibilities as part of co-ordinate plan. Such nominated personnel are known as Key Personnel. The Key Personnel are: • Site Controller (SC) • Incidental Controller (IC)

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 184 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Liaison and Communication Officer (LCO) • Fire and Security Officer (FSO) • Team Leaders (TL) Requirement of equipment and materials Based on actual assessment of emergency, there can be requirement of Extra First Aid personnel to deal with casualties and need to be provided from outside • All types of PPEs • Emergency engineering works, provision of extra or replacement of light, isolation of equipment, temporary by pass electrical lines etc. • Assembly point, emergency control center, signs boards. • Moving Tankers or other vehicles from area of risk • Fire protection and firefighting facilities • Emergency lighting and standby power • Emergency equipment and rescue equipment • Material safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals • Plan showing hazardous material storage area • List of emergency equipment • List of safety equipment • List of important telephone numbers and addresses • Nearest hospitals and ambulance service center • Nearest fire station • Govt. Officials • Transport provider • Names and address & contact telephone number of key personnel The onsite emergency plan will be documented and circulated to all concerned for knowledge, study, to understand and easy follow up. The emergency plan will be rehearsed and practiced at regular intervals i.e. Mock drills shall be conducted at suitable interval to test efficiency of plan, personnel, equipment and coordinated efforts to increase confidence level of personnel during emergencies. Training • Training on fire fighting • Training on spill control • Training on toxic release control • Training on good housekeeping • Training on use of PPEs Communication Following means of communication will be made available, • Telephones • Walkie-talkies • Mobiles • Public announcement system

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 185 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Emergency Siren 7.4.7. Offsite Emergency Plan In case the hazard spreads out-side the premises Team A under the instruction of DMC will communicate to the District Magistrate, Commissioner of the Police and inform the situation as Off- Site Emergency. Types of emergency facilities/actions required from outside bodies are, Firefighting facilities required: Factory will have its own firefighting facilities but during emergency, fire brigade may be called from nearby areas or other establishments Police help shall be required during emergency for control of people, traffic and security arrangements Medical help required: seriously injured personnel may be referred to the Hospital/Primary Health Centre depending upon injuries 7.4.8. Information to authorities Emergency situations will be informed to the local Panchayat official regarding the likely hazards from the industry and the steps to be taken when there is an Off-Site Emergency. It is preferable that the Local Panchayat Officials are also trained on simple protective methods through demonstrations and practice District Magistrate, Commissioner of the Police and District Control Room if exist 7.4.9. General natural disaster management measures Seismic zone for the proposed project site comes under zone III (6 to 8 Richter scale). Factory Management shall train their staff to manage emergencies arises from fire, flood, lightning and leakages. As soon as the emergency warning receives from District Disaster Management Authority, the raw material as well as finished products shall be kept to a minimum to avoid spillage or misuse. All the material and products shall be stored properly to avoid the damage or mixing with other. All the employees will have the list of important phone numbers and contact details to help in getting the required help in time. These numbers shall be displayed at distinct location within Factory premises. Company’s designated person from Team A will be main contact person for all the employees for any type required help from outside • District level disaster management units • Health & Family Welfare • Medical • Nearest Fire station • Nearest Doctors & Ambulance • Forest & Environment department • Police Station • Village head & Panchayat • Company’s Emergency Management Cell Members • Transport • Electricity • PWD • Substation details from where Company takes power • Civil Supplies • Animal Husbandry • Agriculture

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 186 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Conclusion Project proponent will implement all preventive measures to tackle all type of emergencies arising out of operation or malfunction of individual unit’s. The required resources for Onsite and Offsite emergency management plan will be properly planned and provided to implement the plan effectively. The factory shall give highest priority towards Health and safety of the employees and people residing nearby areas. Management shall conduct the training to the nearby villagers to appraise them about their role during emergency. All nearby people shall be given training on do’s and don’ts during emergency situation. Distillery Industry (Ethanol Plant) is associated with potential hazards to the employee and environment. As the hazards involved during operation and production activities will be known to the Management, all required mitigation measures shall be implemented in time to avoid the emergency situation from the arising. Unfortunately, if there is any emergency onsite of offsite, it will be tackled effectively due to availability of required resources at the site. Similarly, all the concern staff and members of the Teams shall be trained appropriately to tackle the emergencies in the plant. By knowing the type of emergency situation that may arise during operation of the plant, appropriate control measures will be implemented to reduce the gravity of the emergencies. Similarly, to avoid the emergency situation, all required mitigation measures will be implemented as recommended.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 187 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

8. PROJECT BENEFITS Baramati Agro Limited (BAL) is a private limited company and is located at post Shetphalgade, Tehsil - Indapur, District - Pune. The industry is registered under the Government of Maharashtra Industrial Act 1948 vide letter No. Pune (M) (I) 15421 dated 1/1/2008.

The industry received Environment Clearance for expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 4500 TCD to 12000 TCD, Co-generation power plant from 20 MW to 70 MW, and mplasses based distillery capacity from 60 KLPD to 160 KLPD, Vide F. No. J-11011/106/2016-IA II (I) dated 20.03.2017. The industry implemented the expansion of sugarcane crushing capacity from 4500 TCD to 9000 TCD, Co- generation power plant from 20 MW to 30 MW and Distillery capacity from 60 KLPD to 160 KLPD. The command area is rich in sugarcane cultivation and has excellent irrigation facilities.

Considering the Sugarcane cultivation potential and the availability of sugarcane in the command area, the industry proposes to expand its sugarcane crushing capacity from 1200 TCD to 18000 TCD (As per EC). In order to meet the requirements of steam and power the industry will install 40 MW TG Set in addition to existing 30 MW TG set of Cogeneraton power plant to achieve 70 MW power generation capacity. The industry also proposes to expand existing distillery capacity from 160 KLPD (molassess based) to 300 KLPD (Multifeed) distillery in order to consume additional molasses, sugarcane juice from the sugar unit. In the command area, the availability of Grains is also abundant and as such Grains may be used as raw material based on the demand supply of the market.

The Baramati Agro Limited is located at the area where the availability of sugarcane surpasses the crushing capacity of the unit. In fact the crushing goes even more than the established capacity sometimes. So, its management thought that it would be advantageous to improve the living conditions of people in and around the plant site by expanding the unit. It will therefore, generate employment of resources and the persons in the local area. In turn local people can avoid uncertainty of job, raise their living standard, do supplementary jobs and other farming, cattle, poultry, food processing unit etc., thus, to stabilize and prosper in life. This will surely be a positive impact on the livelihood of the people living around the site.

The wastes and the pollutions can be reducing with some measures as suggested in the report. The social and cultural vulnerability index responds a very less and level of resilience is at the higher side. The sustained high growth rates and poverty reduction, however, can be realized only when the sources of growth are expanding, and an increasing share of the labour force is included in the growth process in an efficient way. From a static point of view, growth associated with progressive distributional changes will have a greater impact in reducing poverty than growth which leaves distribution unchanged. This is in fact expresses the inclusive growth of theregion.

Due to the diversification of industrial activities of the Baramati Agro Limited, At post Shetphalgade, Tal. Indapur, Dist. Pune, Maharashtra, the farmers are highly benefited by getting remunerative prices to their produce sugarcane and this expansion of the crushing capacity would help for timely crushing of their produce with high recovery which would improve the economy of industry further.

With the expansion of the distillery unit whereby the byproduct molasses is utilized in its own premises and hence reducing cost of transportation and pollution due to transportation of raw materials. The distillery unit has further improved economy, and improved cane price which had benefitted the farmers.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 188 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

The ecological balance of the region is well maintained and in fact, further improved due to the availability of nutrients such as bio-compost which enhanced plant growth and biodiversity. Treated wastewater is used for maintaining the flora and fauna in the region.

Also in Co-generation power plant the by-product bagasse is utilized in its own premises so reducing the transporatation cost and thus co-generation unit has further improve economy of the factory and remaning power sold to state Maharashtra electricity grid.

The expansion of industry in Indapur Taluka area has given indirect employment to a number of ancillary industries and establishment of tourist resorts and hotels.

Thus, it can be concluded that the project has a positive impact and would immensely benefit the growth and development of not only the project area but also the entire region around the Baramati Agro Limited.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 189 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Inroduction The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner where all stakeholders including the project proponents, contractors and subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project and take appropriate actions to mitigate the risks. Adequate environment management measures need to be incorporated during the entire planning, installation and operating stages of the project to minimize any adverse environmental impact and assure sustainable development of the area.

EMP includes four elements:

Commitment and Policy: Proposed project will strive to provide and implement the environment management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, land and water. Planning: This includes identification of environment impacts, legal requirements and setting environmental objectives. Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the developers, accountability of contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities and documentation of measures to be taken. Measurement and Evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions, and record keeping. The EMP‘s that will be into place consist of those during installation and operating stages of the project and includes the following elements:

• Air Pollution Control and Management • Water Pollution & Control • Storm Water Management • Noise Control and Management • Hazardous and Solid Waste Management • Plantation, Landscaping and Land Management Environment management plan during construction phase 9.2.1. Air Environment To minimize the impact during installation/construction phase following measures shall be taken:

• Traffic management for loading and unloading of the materials. • Water sprinkling shall be done at the location where dust generation is anticipated. • To minimize the occupational health hazard, proper mask shall be provided to the workers who are engaged in dust generation activity • As far as possible asbestos will not be used for construction work. If asbestos is used, all asbestos waste will be collected separately and disposed off on landfill with appropriate soil cover. 9.2.2. Water Environment

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 190 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Construction equipment requiring minimum water for cleaning should be chosen. High pressure hoses should be used for cleaning and dust suppression. . If water from well is to be extracted, the rate of extraction should be kept below the safe yield level. The construction activities would be avoided during monsoon season, particularly the excavation work if possible to control the ground as well as surface water pollution due to runoff.

Construction wastes will not be discharged to surface or ground water bodies. As far as possible construction wastes will be recycled and reused for road development and other purpose like filling low laying area etc. Appropriate sanitation facilities will be provided for workers.

During installation phase, existing sewerage and water facilities shall be used, without any adverse impact on the environment.

During the installation period, Total 20 MT/D of water will be required for drinking and misc purposed. Runoff from site shall not be allowed to stand (water logging), same shall be channelized to the existing drain at the site. Approx. 5 MT/D of waste water generated from 100 labors will be generated which will be transferred to the existing ETP.

9.2.3. Noise Environment During the installation stage for proposed unit, expected noise levels shall be in the range of 80-100 dB, which will decrease with increase in distance. Hence all the activities shall be carried out during the daytime.

There will be some noise generation due to movement of vehicles carrying materials during installation phase and as this is only a temporary phenomenon it can be managed by properly regulating the movement of vehicular traffic so that the ambient air quality with respect to noise is not adversely affected. To prevent any occupational hazard, earmuffs / earplugs shall be given to the workers working around or operating plant/machinery emitting high noise levels. Use of plant or machinery shall be strictly prohibited during night hour. Careful planning of machinery operation and scheduling of operations shall be done to minimize such impact.

9.2.4. Solid Waste Management Approx.30 kg/day of municipal solid waste will be generated and shall be sent to municipal solid waste site. All proper safety measures shall be adopted by the workers handling the waste. Waste will be segregated and containers and other non-biodegradable waste shall be given to recycler.

9.2.5. Land • Check bunds shall be built in the construction area to prevent soil erosion due to rainwater. • Measures will be taken to minimize waste soil generation. Construction waste material will be recycled. • Designation and demarcation of construction site with due provision for infrastructure. • Using appropriate measures for slope stabilization to reduce soil erosion. 9.2.6. Ecology • Plantation of dust absorbing trees on dust emission areas.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 191 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Plantation of soil holding/binding and fast growing plants e.g. grass to avoid soil erosion. • Stabilization of all disturbed slopes before the onset of monsoon to avoid soil erosion by planting trees along the slopes. • Avoiding felling of existing trees/vegetation as far as possible. If necessary, the number of trees felled to be replaced with double the number of trees in the form of green belt development. • Reuse of wastewater generated out of construction activity for irrigation/green belt checking its suitability. • Avoiding felling of existing trees / vegetation as far as possible. If necessary, the number of trees felled to be replaced with double the number of trees in the form of green belt development. • Plantation of noise attenuating species to reduce noise pollution both during the construction as well as in the operation phase. • Avoiding use of high noise producing equipments during night time to avoid impact on fauna in the study area. 9.2.7. Socio – Economic Factors • Make use of local people for the construction work to maximum possible extent. • Provide proper facilities to construction worker such as water supply, sanitation, domestic fuel, education, transportation etc. Protection of company employees and equipment from construction hazards, including open excavations, falling objects, welding operations, dust, temporary wiring, and temporary overhead electrical lines. Barricades and fences are provided around the construction area. Personnel protective equipments e.g. safety helmet, goggles, gumshoes, etc. will be provided to the workers. Environment management during operation phase The generation of pollutants such as wastewater, gaseous emissions and solid wastes during normal operational phase will cause adverse impacts and stress on various environment parameters. The management plan for mitigation of adverse impacts and enhancement of beneficial impacts are discussed below.

9.3.1. Air Environment • Bagasse is used as fuel in existing 1*40 TPH, 1*110 TPH boilers and 1*160 TPH proposed boiler of sugar and co-generation power plant division. The total bagasse requirement of the proposed unit will be 3146 MT/D. Methane gas (32000 m3/day) from Bio-methanation unit shall be used as supplementary fuel in order to further reduce the requirement of bagasse. Coal requirement at 72 MT/day will be used in case of shortage of bagasse or Methane gas for distillery boiler during off season. • Stack of 65 meters and 49 meters and ESP as control equipment for 110 TPH and 40 TPH boiler of sugar unit respectively are provided. A boiler of 160 TPH will be provided for the proposed expansion and stack of 75 meters height and ESP as control equipment will ne provided. • For distillery unit stack of 70 meters height and ESP as control equipment for 32 TPH incinerator boiler is provided and stack of 40 meters and bag filter as APC equipment is provided for 10 TPH Boiler. • Tree plantation shall be developed all around the premises.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 192 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• All internal roads shall be concreted or tar felted to avoid a dust. A tree plantation shall be developed on both sides of the roads. Spraying of water on vacant land to reduce fugitive measure. • All the other roads in the vicinity of the factory used for transportation of raw materials and products will be concreted or tar felted, and these shall be maintained in good condition. • D.G. sets shall be provided stack of 6 m high above the roof level. Maintenance of vehicles and equipments also to be done to avoid the emissions. Impact of the transport of the raw material & Vehicular Pollution Control & its Management: For transportation of raw material & products, trucks and tempo shall be used.Traffic to the different sites during construction/installation will be more intensive and much heavier than at present in normal operating conditions. Dust and emission from movement of vehicles are likely to cause some impacts on the working population within immediate vicinity of the project site. In turn, it will subject existing roads to more stress. To control the impact, dust suppression systems (water spray) will be used as per requirement at the construction site. Construction materials will be fully covered during transportation to the project site by road. Vehicle flow during shift changes are regulated by allowing exits in a phased manner.The Storage of the raw material & products are in Leak Proof MS Tanks while transporting through trucks & tankers. The present road conditions are reasonably good for proposed movement of traffic. Preventive maintenance is being carried out for vehicles and pollution check on periodic basis.

9.3.2. Water Resources • Fresh water required shall be minimized by adopting 3-R principles. • A network of planned storm water drainages shall be provided to avoid contamination of rainwater with factory wastewater or other waste material. Rain water harvesting plan shall be implemented to collect and store rainwater and also to replenish the ground water source. 9.3.3. Waste Water • The quantity and quality of wastewater in the plant is controlled by following measures: • Recycle of process water including steam condensate and reuse of treated wastewater in the plant. Control of water taps, washings, leakages from pump glands and flanged joints. • Overflow of vessels is strictly avoided. Floor cleaning with water will be replaced with dry cleaning with bagasse. • Leakage and spillage of molasses at pumps and vessels is collected in small pits and recycled. • Effluent treatment facilities shall be provided to make the treated water fit for land application. • Storage reservoirs of adequate capacity shall be provided to hold rainwater and treated effluent during unfavourable climatic conditions.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 193 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

9.3.4. Solid Waste Non Hazardous solid wastes details Table 9-1 Details of non-hazardous waste generated and its disposal Sr. Description of Quantity Mode of collection and UOM No. waste Existing Proposed Total disposal Suagr and cogeneration unit 1 Fly/ Boiler ash 18.73 20 38.73 MT/D Sell to brick manufacturers After drying, it will be 2 ETP Sludge 150 150 300 MT/A sold for brick kiln Mixed with concentrated 3 Pressmud 360 360 720 MT/D spentwash as filler material and treated in composting Distillery unit Sold as potash rich manure to Incineration boiler 1 26 28 54 MT/D farmers after mixing with ash pressmud 2 Fly/ Boiler ash 0.6 -- 0.6 MT/D Sell to brick manufacturers 3 Yeast Sludge a C Molasses 15 0 15 b B Heavy Molasses 13 11 24 After drying, it will be MT/D c Cane Juice 0 5 5 sold for brick kiln d Grains 0 10 10 Other solid waste 1 Canteen waste 1.5 1.0 2.5 MT/D Composting Hazardous waste details Table 9-2 Details of hazardous waste generated and and its disposal Description of Sr. No. Category Quantity Mode of Collection and Disposal waste Shall be collected in Leak Proof Containers and 1. 5.1 Used Oil 2.0 KL/A utilized as lubricant for bullock carts 9.3.5. Noise Environment Necessary measures as indicated below are taken to reduce sound intensity below the allowable limits at the source itself. In general at the locations of turbines, compressors, fans etc. The sound intensity generally exceeds the standards. The workers engaged in such locations are provided with earmuffs/ear plugs to have additional safety.

Adoption of noise reduction measures in the industry as per the CPCB guidelines.

• Specifying the noise standards to the manufacturers of machine • Acoustic barriers or shields to the machines. • Vibration free foundations for machines. • Acoustical walls and roofs to the building where such machines are installed. • Segregation of machines having high noise level in isolated buildings.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 194 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Incorporation of sound absorbers to blowers and compressors. • Sound control measures to steam vents. • Proper maintenance of machineries, especially oiling and greasing of bearings and gears etc. • Avoiding vibration of machineries with proper design of machineries such as speed and balancing etc. • Use of personnel protective equipment such as earmuffs and earplug for persons working in such locations. • Plantation of green trees around the factory building and premises to control the intensity of noise to the surrounding area. With above noise abatement measures the noise level in the premises will be maintained within the desired limits. It will be ensured that the workers in high noise areas use earmuffs, earplugs. Further, it is ensured that the noise level inside the work area will conform to the standards of industrial area and noise level outside premises will conform to the standards of residential areas.

9.3.6. Biological Environment • Plantation program as indicated below will be undertaken to enhance biological environment. • Development of green belt all around the project site. • Conservation of existing vegetation. • Taking up social forestry program in the vicinity of factory in co-operation with village authorities as a community service. • Clearing of existing vegetation should be kept to minimum and should be done only when absolutely necessary. • Plantation program should be undertaken in all available areas. This should include plantation in the proposed plant premises, along the internal and external roads, around the solid waste storage yards and around the administrative buildings. Green belt development Development of greenbelt in and around the industry is an effective way to check pollutants and their dispersion into surrounding areas. The degree of pollution attenuation by a green belt depends on its height and width, foliage surface area and density. The main objective of green belt around the factory is:

• Mitigation of impacts due to fugitive emissions. • Attenuation of noise levels. • Ecological restoration. • Creation of aesthetic environment. • Wastewater reuse.

• Reduction in CO2 and Increases O2 level. Criteria for Selection of Species for Green Belt • Rapid growth and evergreen habitats • Tolerance to water stress and extreme climatic conditions • Difference in height and growth habits • Aesthetic and pleasing appearance

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 195 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Provide shade • Large bio-mass to provide fodder and nitrogen • Improving waste land • To suit specific climate and soil characteristics (local species). • Sustainability with minimum maintenance • Recommended plant species shall be utilized for development of green belt and greenery in and around the factory premises. According to CPCB guidelines, 1500 trees should be available per hectare of land for Greenbelt development. Total plot area of the industry is 47.76Hectares, out of which 17.00 Hectares of land is reserved for greenbelt development; hence there should be minimum 25500 no. of trees. At present there are 14000 trees, the remaining 11500 trees will be planted within 3 years. The industry proposes to plant 1000 to 1500 trees per year in order to increase the greenbelt over and above 33% of the total factory area

Table 9-3 List of plant which absorb the pollutant for the proposed Green Belt development Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name Family 1 Nandaruk Ficus benjamina Moraceae 2 Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae 3 Pimpal Ficus religiosa Moraceae 4 Gulmohor Delaonix regia Fabaceae 5 Vilayati chinch Pithecolobium dulce Fabaceae 6 Sitafal Annona squamosa Annonaceae 7 Tulas Ocimum tenuifolium Lamiaceae Table 9-4 List of plant proposed for Green Belt development Sr. No. Tall Trees /Shade Medium Size Flowering Plants 1 Sag Suru Hibiscus 2 Neem Bottle Brush Nerium pink 3 Chinch Silver Oak Nerium red 4 Kanchan Tecoma Spp. Allananda 5 Palas Ahsoka Cassia biflora 6 Jambhul Agrasure Silver oak 7 Rain Tree Cordial Spp. Zendu (Tagetes erecta) 8 Gulmohar Anant (Gardenia) 9 Nilgiri 10 Babhul Rain water harvesting

The industry is making efforts to conserve natural resources by adopting green technologies and as such industry proposes to adopt rain water harvesting system. With the annual rainfall of 510 mm there is good potential to harvest rainwater. The rainwater harvwsting system is installed at various buildings and about 8119 sq.m of area. 3312 m3 per year water is harvested. This harvested water shall be utilized for ground water recharge in order to increase the ground water table in the surrounding area

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 196 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Stormwater management system is also adopted by the industry. Separate drains of minimum 0.6 m * 1.0 m are provided for the collection and disposal of stormwater from the industry premises.

Table 9-5 Rain water harvesting quantity The quantity of Sr. Area Average Run- Rainfall in Location rainwater per year No M2 off Factor mm m3 Only 8119 m2 area 1 Built-up area use for rainwater 0.80 510 3312 harvesting Storm water harvesting Large quantity of storm water is generated during rainy days. Rainwater collection and harvesting plan is implemented to conserve water resources and to improve the ground water table. The project site area is segregated into different premises for effective management of storm water. Storm water gutters/pipes are designed and constructed based on contour data of the premises and rainfall data of the region. Necessary measures shall be taken to control the quality of storm water. The press mud storage areas may contain spillage of solid matter. During rainy period, the leachate of this area is likely to affect the quality of storm water. Therefore, these premises are isolated with garland gutters. The floorings are suitably prepared to avoid percolation, and the quality of storm water collected from these garland channels is periodically checked.

Table 9-6 Quantity of Stormwater diverted to canal per annum Average The quantity of Sr. Area Rainfall in Location Run-off rainwater per year No M2 mm Factor m3 Total factory area 477600-43667 = 1 0.40 510 88522 - Builtup area 433933 Corporate environment responsibility (CER) The capital cost of the proposed expansion project is Rs. 125 Crores. The industry has reserved Rs. 0.9375 Crores (0.75 % of the cost of the project as per Office Memorandum Vide F. No. 22-65/2017- IA.III Dated 01.05.2018) which will be spent on the activities like sanitation and health, education, and educational facilities as a cost towards corporate environment responsibility (CER). Environmental policy and organization structure • Comply with relevant laws and regulations as well as any additional measures to maintain sustainable environment. • Adopt a systematic approach of EMP for continual improvement. • Prevent pollution and recycle, reuse and reduce wastes. • Minimize emission by using clean fuels. • Conserve resources by efficient operation and process. • Develop green belt in an around plant area.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 197 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Create awareness to employees to avoid spillages, wastages and also general public for clean and healthy environment. • Safety and health of employees is the prime and utmost priority of the Management.

Figure 9-1 Hierarchal structure of the organization for reporting 9.8.1. Procedure for reporting accident/incident and attending the injured person Procedure

• If any accident / incident occurred inform Safety Assistant immediately by verbal/telephone or by other possiblemeans. • Give the details of accident/incident like location of accident / incident, person involved in accident/incident. • Provide the information about accident/incident like any leakages of toxic/flammable gas or fire due to leakages of chemicals or any other reasons. • Rescue the victim from affected area to safe area. • Give first aid to the injured at site as far as possible by trained first aider if required & analyze the nature of injury whether minor or major. If injury is major or serious take action to hospitalize. • Give intimation to safety supervisor & safety dept. at the earliest by verbal/ telephone or by any other possiblemeans. • Identify injury & accordingly send injured person to hospital for further treatment ifrequired.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 198 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

• Fill the internal accident / incident report form (in triplicate) & submit to Environment Department immediately or at the most on following day of the occurrence of accident/incident. • Safety officer shall analyze the accident / incident & suggest the remedial measures to prevent reoccurrence 9.8.2. System of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large. PP will developed a system of reporting non compliance/violations of environmental norms in the following manner,

• In case of Non compliance, the lower officer will report to the Environment Officer. • The Environment Officer, will report to the company’s Managing Director. • To close the non compliance board meeting will be called in which the action plan to attend the non compliance will be discussed. • After discussion the board resolution will be passed which should be implemented in a time bounded manner.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 199 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

10. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

Baramati Agro Limited proposes to expand their sugarcane crushing capacity from 12000 TCD to 18000 TCD, and molasses based distillery from 160 KLPD to multifeed (B-heavy, cane juice, grains) based 300 KLPD distillery unit at Shetphalgade, Tehsil- Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra.

Salient features of the project Name and Baramati Agro Limited. Address of Shetphalgade, Tehsil- Indapur, District Pune, Maharashtra the industry Schedule of project as per EIA 5(g), 5(j) Notification 2006 Category of Category ‘A’ Project The total plot area of the industry is 47.69 Hectares. The detailed land use breakup is as under Sr. % of Description Area in Sq. m No. Area Existing 34803.3 1 Built Up 43677.3 9.15 Total plot Proposed 8874.0 area 2 Area under utilities 85295.5 17.86 3 Area under road 39983 8.37 4 Green Belt Area 238134 37.31 5 Parking Area 71120 12.42 vacant Area 59320.2 12.42 Total Plot Area 477600 100

The total production capacity of the industry are as under Existing Capacity Sr. Proposed Description Unit As As Total Remark no. Capacity per per CTO EC 1. Sugar Unit TCD 9000* 12000 6000 18000 None Production 30* details 2. Co-generation Power MW 70 0 70 None 3. Distillery Unit (300 KLPD Multifeed Distillery) Only one a Rectified Spirit or Extra KLPD 160* 160 0 160 product at a Neutral Alcohol time For Ethanol b Ethanol KLPD 0 0 140 140 Blending Programme

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 200 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

The Total fresh water requirements of the sugar complex will be 1144 MT/D. The breakup of which are as under Quantity Description Remarks Water (MT/D) requirement Domestic use 275 of the Sugar and Co-generation Power Plant 0 project Distillery Unit 869 Total 1144 Source of water will be Khadakwasla Canal and Ujani Dam. The necessary permissions for lifting the water for industrial use are available with the industry. Sugar and Co-genaration Unit Sr. Quantity Description Treatment technology and disposal No. MT/D Treated in Sugar ETP based on primary and Sugar factory trade 1 660 secondary treatment and disposed on land for effluent irrigation Treated along with sugar factory effluent based Co-generation 2 237 on primary and secondary treatment and Power plant effluent disposed on land for irrigation Treated in condensate polishing unit based on 3 Excess Condensates 3600 primary, secondary and tertiary treatment ad reused as process water or utilities Treated in STP and disposed on land for 4 Domestic effluent 160 gardening Distillery Unit Sr. Raw Material Concentrated Spentwash To CPU Effluent No. generation C Molasses for 60 120 MT/D to Composting and KLPD and B Heavy 1 and 270 MT/D to 1478 treatment molasses for 240 Incinerator boiler scheme KLPD adopted B” Heavy Molasses 120 MT/D to Composting 2 and 166 MT/D to 1404 Incinerator boiler Sugarcane Juice/ 120 MT/D to Composting 3 Syrup and 117 MT/D to 1798 Incinerator boiler Used as fuel in Incinerator Treated in CPU based on boiler alomg with coal. The primary,secondary and Treatment Scheme incinerator boiler ash shall tertiary treatment and be sold as potash rich reused as process water or manure to farmers for utilities 4 Grains as raw material 100 740 Treated in CPU based on primary,secondary and Treatment Scheme Used as cattle feed tertiary treatment and reused as process water or for utilities

Power Requirement Unit Existing Proposed Total Source

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 201 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

(MW) (MW) (MW) Sugar Unit 14 7 21 Own Co-gen power plant 3 MW TG Set connected Distillery Unit 1.21 1.04 2.25 to Incinerator boiler Total 15.21 7.04 23.25

1*110 TPH, 1*40 TPH Existing and 1*110 TPH and 1*50 TPH Proposed Boilers for Sugar Boiler and Co-generation details 1*10 TPH boiler and 1* 32 TPH Incinerator boiler for Distillery DG Set 2* 500 KVA Capacity

Sr. Boiler details Fuel Quantiy Source No Existing Sugar Unit 1 1*110 TPH Bagasse 1080 MT/Day Own sugar unit 2 1*40 TPH Bagasse 418 MT/Day Own sugar unit 3 DG Set HSD Distillery unit Biogas: 32000 Anaerobic digester from Biogas + m3/Day distillery 1*10 TPH Fuel Bagasse Bagasse: 48 Own sugar unit Requirement MT/Day 1* 32 TPH Concentrated CSW: 270 Distillery Spentwash Incinerator Spentwash + MT/Day Open market boiler Coal Coal: 85 MT/Day DG Set (500 HSD KVA) Proposed Sugar Unit 1 1*110 TPH Bagasse 1080 MT/Day Own sugar unit 2 1*50 TPH Bagasse 520 MT/Day Own sugar unit Distillery Unit No additional boiler shall be installed for the proposed expansion.

Sr. Height in APC Stack Attached to Type of Fuel No. meters Equipment Existing 1 1*110 TPH boiler Bagasse 65 ESP 2 1*40 TPH Boiler Bagasse 49 ESP 3 Wet 1*10 TPH Biogas + bagasse 40 Stack Details scrubber 1*32 TPH Incinerator Concentrated spentwash 4 70 ESP boiler + Coal / Bagasse Acostic 5 DG Set (500 KVA) HSD 6 enclosure Proposed 1 1*110 TPH + 1*50 TPH Bagasse 75 ESP Boiler

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 202 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

2 DG Set HSD 6

Capital Cost: Rs. 1100 lakhs EMP Cost Recurring Cost: Rs. 165 lakhs Project Cost 125 Crores CER Cost 0.9375 Crores (0.75% of the project cost) Conclusions As the industry has provided all the necessary pollution control measures for water, Air and Solid and hazardous waste disposal, the negative impacts on the environment would be minimal/ negligible. The expansion programme would help the farmers to crush their produce in time which would help to minimize the loss of sugarcane tonnage and yield maximum financial benefits.

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 203 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

11. DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT Brief resume and Nature of Consultancy M/s SD Engineering Services Pvt. Ltd. has more than 16 years of varied experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is to provide sustainable solutions on “Environment for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team members and technical staff. The team comprises of environmental planners and engineers, chemical and civil engineers, geologists, socioeconomic experts, microbiologists, zoologists, botanists etc. The Company’s strength lies in project management, performing risk assessment, formulating environmental disaster plans, use of satellite Imagery in impact assessment, use of mathematical models for air, water and soil assessment and expertise in public consultation.

Customer services are mainly categorized into: 1. Consultancy Services in the field of Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Site Assessment and Due Diligence, Enviro-Legal Services, Statutory Environmental Audits/Statements, Risk Assessments and HAZOP, Energy Audit, Environmental, Health and Safety Management Systems and Waste Management Systems.

2. Engineering Services for ETP designing, installation, maintenance and monitoring. The Group has head office at Aurangabad. The company is an accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET (NABET/EIA/1619/SA062), Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Clearance studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Functional Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in nine approved sectors.

We enhance the quality of services of our organization with adaptation QMS system based On ISO 9001:2008. The objectives of implementation of QMS system are as below

1. Better Stakeholder Satisfaction

2. Continual Improvement

3. Compliance of all statutory requirements

As per QMS implemented, Stakeholders are made aware of complaint & appeals system in the organization by mentioning the same in proposals & Stakeholder can raise the complaint in any mode i.e. via mail/ verbal/post.

EIA Team Work presented in this report was carried out by M/s SD Engineering Services Pvt. Ltd. Mr. Deepak Sanghai is EIA coordinator for this assignment assisted by functional area experts. The laboratory analytical work was carried out by Insta Pollutech Lab, Pune. The NABET Accreditation Certificate and NABL and MoEF&CC Approval Letters of the associated agencies is enclosed herewith

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 204 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 205 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 206 Baramati Agro Limited EIA/EMP/01/2020

Environment Consultants SD Engineering ServicesPvt Ltd 207